Upload
dangtuong
View
216
Download
3
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
STRONG FOR ENTREPRENEURS
DISCLOSURE REPORT AS AT 3 DECEMBER 2016 ACCORDING TO PART EIGHT CRR
DISCLOSURE REPORT
1. Introduction and general principles 4
2. Own funds and capital requirements 9
2.1. Own funds 9
2.2. Capital requirements 13
2.3. Provision of a guarantee facility 16
3. Default risk 19
3.1. Credit risk adjustments 19
3.2. Use of ECAI 25
3.3. Counterparty credit risk 26
3.4. Equity holdings in the banking book 29
3.5. Information on the use of IRB approach for credit risk: methods & rating systems 31
3.6. Information on the use of IRB approach for credit risk: quantitative part 35
3.7. Use of credit risk mitigation techniques 42
4. Securitisations 45
4.1. Nature and extent of securitisation activities and risks involved 45
4.2. Risk weighting and accounting of securitisation transactions 46
4.3. Exposure values and capital requirements of securitised receivables 48
4.4. Securitisation activities in the reporting year and important changes 52
5. Market risk, operational risk and liquidity risk 54
5.1. Market risk and interest rate risk 54
5.2. Operational risk 55
5.3. Liquidity risk 56
6. Unencumbered assets 57
7. Leverage ratio 59
8. Countercyclical capital buffer 65
8.1. Geographical breakdown of relevant credit exposures 65
8.2. Amount of countercyclical capital buffer 68
9. Notes 69
9.1. Consolidation matrix 69
9.2. Own funds in accordance with article 437 (1) CRR – sub-group 71
9.3. Own funds in accordance with article 437 (1) CRR – holding 81
9.4. Main features of equity instruments 94
10. List of abbreviations 123
CONTENT
[Tab. 1] Structure of own funds and regulatory adjustments of the sub-group in € m ............................................................................................... 9
[Tab. 2] Capital ratios of the sub-group in % ...................................................................................................................................................... 9
[Tab. 3] Terms and conditions of own funds instruments ..................................................................................................................................... 11
[Tab. 4] Structure of own funds and regulatory adjustments of the holding in € m ................................................................................................ 12
[Tab. 5] Capital ratios of the holding in % ....................................................................................................................................................... 12
[Tab. 6] Capital requirements of the sub-group in € m ....................................................................................................................................... 14
[Tab. 7] Capital requirements of the holding in € m .......................................................................................................................................... 15
[Tab. 8] Exposure values by exposure class in € m ........................................................................................................................................... 20
[Tab. 9] Exposure values by geographical areas in € m .................................................................................................................................... 20
[Tab. 10] Exposure values by economic sectors in € m ........................................................................................................................................ 21
[Tab. 11] Exposure values by contractual remaining maturity in € m ..................................................................................................................... 21
[Tab. 12] Division of receivables into past due and impaired ............................................................................................................................... 22
[Tab. 13] Development of loan provisions in € m................................................................................................................................................ 23
[Tab. 14] Impaired or past receivables by economic sectors in € m ...................................................................................................................... 23
[Tab. 15] Impaired or past due receivables by geographical areas in € m ............................................................................................................ 24
[Tab. 16] Rating Agencies by receivables category ............................................................................................................................................ 25
[Tab. 17] CRSA/ IRBA exposure values by regulatory risk weight in € m .............................................................................................................. 26
[Tab. 18] Net derivatives credit exposure in € m ................................................................................................................................................ 27
[Tab. 19] Counterparty credit risk in € m ........................................................................................................................................................... 28
[Tab. 20] Nominal value of credit derivatives eligible for collateral in € m ............................................................................................................ 28
[Tab. 21] Nominal values of credit derivatives in € m ......................................................................................................................................... 28
[Tab. 22] Valuation of equity holding instruments in € m ..................................................................................................................................... 30
[Tab. 23] Realised and unrealised gains or losses from equity holding instruments in € m ....................................................................................... 31
[Tab. 24] Rating modules of HSH Nordbank approved by the supervisory authorities ............................................................................................ 32
[Tab. 25] Connection between internal and external credit assessments ................................................................................................................ 33
[Tab. 26] Avg. PD, avg. LGD, avg. RW and exposure values in € m by rating ranges ............................................................................................ 37
[Tab. 27] Avg. PD, avg. LGD, avg. RW and exposure value in € m by geographical location ................................................................................. 39
[Tab. 28] Assessment basis and avg. exposure value in € m ................................................................................................................................ 40
[Tab. 29] Actual losses in the lending business in € m ......................................................................................................................................... 41
[Tab. 30] Expected losses and actual losses in the lending business in € m ........................................................................................................... 42
[Tab. 31] Total amount of collateralised CRSA exposure values (without securitisations) in € m ................................................................................ 44
[Tab. 32] Total amount of collateralised IRBA exposure values (without securitisations) in € m ................................................................................. 44
[Tab. 33] Determination of risk-weighted exposure for receivables securitised as originators ................................................................................... 47
[Tab. 34] Accounting policies for receivables securitised as originators................................................................................................................. 47
[Tab. 35] Securitisation transactions initiated by HSH Nordbank .......................................................................................................................... 48
[Tab. 36] Exposure values of securitised receivables in € m ................................................................................................................................. 49
[Tab. 37] Exposure values of retained or purchased securitisation positions in € m ................................................................................................ 49
[Tab. 38] Exposure values and capital requirements for retained or purchased securitisation items acc. to risk weight ranges in € m ........................... 50
[Tab. 39] Securitisation positions to be deducted from own funds or to be taken into account with a risk weight of 1,250 % in € m ............................ 51
[Tab. 40] Re-securitisation related hedge transactions in € m ............................................................................................................................... 51
[Tab. 41] Securitised trading book risk positions in € m ...................................................................................................................................... 52
[Tab. 42] Impaired and past due securitisations, actual losses on securitised receivables in € m .............................................................................. 52
[Tab. 43] Capital requirements for market risk in € m.......................................................................................................................................... 54
[Tab. 44] Interest rate risk in the banking book in € m ........................................................................................................................................ 55
[Tab. 45] Capital requirements for operational risk for the sub-group in € m .......................................................................................................... 56
[Tab. 46] Capital requirements for operational risk for the holding in € m ............................................................................................................. 56
[Tab. 47] Assets in € m ................................................................................................................................................................................... 58
[Tab. 48] Collateral received in € m ................................................................................................................................................................. 58
[Tab. 49] Encumbered assets/ collateral received and associated liabilities in € m ................................................................................................ 58
[Tab. 50] LRSum: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures in € m for the sub-group ............................................... 59
[Tab. 51] LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure in € m for the sub-group ....................................................................................................... 60
[Tab. 52] LRSPl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures) in € m for the sub-group ...................... 61
[Tab. 53] LRQua: Free format text boxes foR disclosure on qualitative items for the sub-group .................................................................................. 61
[Tab. 54] LRSUM: Summary reconciliation of accounting assets and leverage ratio exposures in € m for the holding ................................................. 62
[Tab. 55] LRCom: Leverage ratio common disclosure in € m for the holding........................................................................................................... 63
[Tab. 56] LRSPl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and exempted exposures) in € m for the Holding ......................... 64
[Tab. 57] LRQua: Free format text boxes foR disclosure on qualitative items for the holding ..................................................................................... 64
[Tab. 58] Geographical breakdown of relevant credit exposures for the calculation of the CCB .............................................................................. 66
[Tab. 59] CCB sub-group ................................................................................................................................................................................. 68
[Tab. 60] CCB holding .................................................................................................................................................................................... 68
[Tab. 61] Consolidation matrix ......................................................................................................................................................................... 69
[Tab. 62] Disclosure of the type and amounts of the specific components of own funds during the transitional period sub-group in € m ....................... 71
[Tab. 63] Full reconcilation of components of own funds with the audited financial statements in € m sub-group ........................................................ 76
[Tab. 64] Disclosure of the type and amounts of the specific components of own funds during the transitional period holding in € m .......................... 81
[Tab. 65] Full reconcilation of components of own funds with the audited financial statements in € m Holding .......................................................... 89
[Tab. 66] Description of the main features of own funds instruments issued ............................................................................................................ 94
LIST OF TABLES
Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not add up precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not pre-
cisely reflect the absolute figures.
This is an English translation of the original German version of the disclosure report.
4 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Overview The disclosure is made in accordance with the regulatory requir
ments of the Basel III framework (CRR/CRD IV). The objective of the
disclosure requirements is to strengthen the market discipline of the
institutions. For that reason, additional information on the risk profile
will be provided for market participants, exceeding the information
that have already been published in the Annual Report.
Ownership structure, guarantee and EU proceedingsThe principal owner of HSH Nordbank AG as at the 2016 year end is
HSH Beteiligungs Management GmbH with a shareholding of 94.9
Private investors advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC also have a shar
holding of 5.1 %. The Free and Hanseatic City of Hamburg and the
federal state of Schleswig-Holstein indirectly hold a combined shar
holding of 89.35 % via HSH Beteiligungs Management GmbH and
5.55 % is held by the Savings Bank Association (Sparkassen
Giroverband) for Schleswig-Holstein.
The federal states of Hamburg and Schleswig-Holstein issued via HSH
Finanzfonds AöR a guarantee in favour of HSH Nordbank
vided capital relief (second loss guarantee), but which did not affect
liquidity at that time, under which payment defaults in a specified
portfolio are hedged. This second loss guarantee is called Sunrise
guarantee or Sunrise transaction.
The business activities of HSH Nordbank are split between the Core
Bank, which includes the strategic business divisions
Core Bank, in which predominantly non-performing portfolios
(mainly part of the Sunrise portfolio) from the years prior to 2009 are
held.
First piece losses incurred in this portfolio are to be borne by
HSH Nordbank itself up to an amount of € 3.2 billion. Further details
are set out in Note 3 in the Group financial statements. Details r
1. INTRODUCTION AND GEN
the regulatory require-
ments of the Basel III framework (CRR/CRD IV). The objective of the
disclosure requirements is to strengthen the market discipline of the
institutions. For that reason, additional information on the risk profile
arket participants, exceeding the information
that have already been published in the Annual Report.
General introductory information for a better overall understanding
of the disclosure report regarding the EU proceedings and the guara
tee issued by the Free and Hanseatic City of Hamburg and the federal
state of Schleswig-Holstein (hereinafter the Länder) is presented. This
is based on excerpts of the financial statement 2016 of the HSH
Nordbank. Further details are shown in the financial statement.
structure, guarantee and EU proceedings AG as at the 2016 year end is
HSH Beteiligungs Management GmbH with a shareholding of 94.9 %.
Private investors advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC also have a share-
The Free and Hanseatic City of Hamburg and the
indirectly hold a combined share-
% via HSH Beteiligungs Management GmbH and
% is held by the Savings Bank Association (Sparkassen- und
Holstein issued via HSH
Nordbank that pro-
vided capital relief (second loss guarantee), but which did not affect
h payment defaults in a specified
. This second loss guarantee is called Sunrise
are split between the Core
Bank, which includes the strategic business divisions, and the Non-
performing portfolios
(mainly part of the Sunrise portfolio) from the years prior to 2009 are
First piece losses incurred in this portfolio are to be borne by
€ 3.2 billion. Further details
are set out in Note 3 in the Group financial statements. Details re-
garding the impact of the guarantee on the net assets, financial pos
tion and earnings in 2016 are set out in the Economic report section.
In 2013, the guarantee facility provided by Hamburg and Schleswig
Holstein was replenished after a reduction in 2011 from
the original facility of € 10 billion in view of the changed underlying
conditions. This measure was initially provisionally approved by
EU Commission in 2013. At the same time, the EU Commission
instituted state aid proceedings to investigate whether the replenis
ment of the guarantee is consistent with state aid rules. In these EU
state aid proceedings the owners, Hamburg and Schlesw
the Federal Republic of Germany and the EU Commission, reached
an informal agreement on 19 October 2015 to provide significant
relief to the Bank from the adverse impact of legacy assets and guara
tee fees. It is also envisaged that HSH Nordb
February 2018. Based on the informal agreement the EU Commission
reached a formal decision in the state aid proceedings on 2 May 2016
(hereinafter referred to as the EU decision) and thereby finally a
proved the replenishment of the second loss guarantee issued by the
federal states. The decision of the EU Commission confirms the
informal agreement in principle and defines it in concrete terms and
is based on a list of conditions and commitments, which contains the
foundations of the agreement, provided to the EU Commission by the
Federal Republic of Germany as the representative of the federal state
owners of HSH Nordbank.
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL PRINCIPLES
General introductory information for a better overall understanding
of the disclosure report regarding the EU proceedings and the guaran-
ree and Hanseatic City of Hamburg and the federal
(hereinafter the Länder) is presented. This
is based on excerpts of the financial statement 2016 of the HSH
Nordbank. Further details are shown in the financial statement.
ing the impact of the guarantee on the net assets, financial posi-
tion and earnings in 2016 are set out in the Economic report section.
antee facility provided by Hamburg and Schleswig-
Holstein was replenished after a reduction in 2011 from € 7 billion to
€ 10 billion in view of the changed underlying
conditions. This measure was initially provisionally approved by the
EU Commission in 2013. At the same time, the EU Commission
instituted state aid proceedings to investigate whether the replenish-
ment of the guarantee is consistent with state aid rules. In these EU
state aid proceedings the owners, Hamburg and Schleswig-Holstein,
the Federal Republic of Germany and the EU Commission, reached
an informal agreement on 19 October 2015 to provide significant
relief to the Bank from the adverse impact of legacy assets and guaran-
Nordbank be privatised by 28
February 2018. Based on the informal agreement the EU Commission
reached a formal decision in the state aid proceedings on 2 May 2016
(hereinafter referred to as the EU decision) and thereby finally ap-
second loss guarantee issued by the
federal states. The decision of the EU Commission confirms the
agreement in principle and defines it in concrete terms and
is based on a list of conditions and commitments, which contains the
agreement, provided to the EU Commission by the
Federal Republic of Germany as the representative of the federal state
ERAL PRINCIPLES
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL PRINCIPLES DISCLOSURE REPORT 5
The purpose of the structural measures envisaged in the list of condi-
tions and commitments is to improve the financial and risk situation
and create the basis for a sustainable structure and viable business
model.
However, from today’s perspective, the originally intended improve-
ments are due to the existing capital structures only partially suited to
reduce the high proportion of non-performing exposure (NPE) sig-
nificantly. The second loss guarantee granted in 2009 had no direct
liquidity effect at that time, on the basis of which the necessary, accel-
erated winding down of non-performing loans could have been car-
ried out. Instead, complex settlement conditions under the guarantee
agreement mean that economically sound wind-down measures can
only be taken to a limited extent. Furthermore, total guarantee premi-
ums of € 3.2 billion paid to date have also put considerable strain on
the capital base available for the absorption of potential losses. From
today’s perspective, the recapitalisation of HSH Nordbank at the time
of the financial crisis in the form of a second loss guarantee of € 10
billion has proved to be disadvantageous from an economic point of
view when compared to a strengthening of capital at that time that
would have had an effect on liquidity.
The formation of a holding structure under the EU decision should
have mainly relieved HSH Nordbank of a proportion of the high
guarantee fees, which have adversely impacted the business model and
restructuring efforts. HSH Nordbank as the parent institution of the
financial holding company (holding) for prudential purposes is,
however, required to comply with the regulatory requirements at the
financial holding level. In this regard, the intended relief for
HSH Nordbank only has a limited effect on the financial holding
group due to the regulatory requirements. This results in restrictions,
particularly with respect to the requirements for compliance with
capital ratios, large exposure limits, regulatory reporting and the
recovery plan. HSH Nordbank’s Management Board has no influence
over the decisions made by the holding.
The structural measures include the sale of non-performing loans of
€ 5.0 billion to the federal state owners at market values determined by
the EU Commission under state aid aspects and the sale of a legacy
portfolio mainly covered by the guarantee of up to € 3.2 billion in the
market. A further point in the EU decision is the change relating to
the future fee structure for the second loss guarantee, which is linked
to the formation of a holding company and a subsidiary, which com-
prises HSH Nordbank’s operating business and is to be privatised.
Furthermore, it is intended to sell the operating company by 28 Feb-
ruary 2018. This divestment deadline is met upon the signing of a
purchase agreement and may be extended by up to six months with
the consent of the EU Commission where there are delays in the
technical implementation of the model for reasons outside the control
of the federal states.
Rigorous implementation of the EU structural measures Following the EU decision the Bank immediately started making
preparations and implementing the structural measures. Important
structural measures were completed as far as possible in line with the
plan.
In this connection, a portfolio of non-performing shipping loans of €
5 billion had already been sold to the federal state-owned hsh
portfoliomanagement AöR as at 30 June 2016 (reporting date: 31
December 2015), under which the Bank was relieved to an apprecia-
ble extent of the burden of legacy loans in the Shipping division,
which were entered into as part of the significant business expansion
in the years up to 2009. The sales price (€ 2.4 billion) determined by
the EU Commission for this portfolio was paid to the Bank in the
third quarter of 2016, thereby further improving the Bank’s liquidity
position. Losses (€ 2.6 billion) incurred on the sale were invoiced
under the guarantee as part of the settlement of losses, of which € 1.3
billion was attributable to the first loss piece and € 1.3 billion to the
second loss piece of the guarantee. The second loss piece was drawn
down by € 1.9 billion in total as at 31 December 2016. Nevertheless,
the Bank has a very high portfolio of legacy assets from the years prior
to 2009 due to the complex settlement conditions under the guarantee
agreement and the only low level of relief relative to the total NPE
volume provided under the EU decision, which is making the privati-
sation process more difficult and continues to be systematically
wound down.
The Bank also started making intensive preparations in the second
half of 2016 for the planned portfolio sales in the market. The sale of
non-performing loans of up to € 3.2 billion was approved as part of
the implementation of the EU decision. In this regard, the Bank se-
lected important legacy portfolios with a clear focus on further reduc-
ing risk on the Bank’s balance sheet (market portfolio) and conducted
a sales process in various phases. As a result of this process, a contrac-
tual agreement for the sale of a loan portfolio of around € 1.6 billion
was signed on 27 January 2017. This represents a slight delay in the
planned implementation by the 2016 year end. The impact on earn-
ings was nevertheless recognised in the financial statements as at 31
December 2016. This portfolio mainly consists of around € 0.8 billion
of aircraft financing transactions and around € 0.5 billion of Conti-
nental European commercial real estate loans from the years prior to
2009. Additional relief of around € 0.3 billion was also achieved by
HSH Nordbank by individual sales to other investors and principal
repayments within the portfolio originally held for sale. The parties
have agreed not to disclose details of the purchase price. In addition to
meeting further conditions the purchase agreements still require
approval from the cartel authorities, which is expected to be received
in the second quarter of 2017.
Further details on the sale of the market portfolio are set out in the
Forecast, opportunities and risks report and Note 34 in the Group
explanatory notes.
6 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Scope of application This report is focused – as in previous years and known by the market
participants – on HSH Nordbank Group (hereafter sub-group) on a
voluntary basis. Therefore all qualitative and quantitative information
is based on the sub-group level.
To fulfill the regulatory requirements in accordance with Article 13 (2)
CRR the bank has to report on the financial holding group level. In
large parts disclosure-data and content of both levels - holding and
sub-group – is identical. Therefore, only in case of significant differ-
ences both levels will be reported and explained separately. The sub-
group level will always be shown in first place followed by the holding
level. This applies to own funds, leverage ratio, countercyclical capital
buffer, own funds requirements for operational risk and partly the
default risk.
In accordance with Part Eight CRR the disclosures reflect those enti-
ties belonging to the Holding within the meaning of Section 10a of the
German Banking Act (KWG) in conjunction with Article 13 (2) CRR
(regulatory scope of consolidation). The scope of consolidation rec-
ognised for financial accounting/reporting purposes under Interna-
tional Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as described in the An-
nual Report of the HSH Nordbank differs from the regulatory scope
of consolidation.
In Table 61 (Notes, Section 9.1) the consolidation principle pursuant
to Article 436 subparagraph (b) CRR as well as the difference between
the regulatory and IFRS consolidations are described. All entities to be
consolidated and their allocation to the regulatory and/or financial
accounting scope of consolidation are listed. The entities are allocated
to entity types for the purposes of the regulatory consolidation on the
basis of the definitions in accordance with Article 4 (1) CRR.
In principle, own funds and capital can be transferred within the
holding-group pursuant to Article 436 subparagraph (c) CRR. The
feasibility can be restricted due to existing supervisory requirements
or other legal obligations or restrictions to the holding, the holding-
group or the single legal entities of the holding-group.
With regard to the regulatory capital adequacy of subsidiaries in
which there are other shareholders in addition to the HSH Nordbank,
a change in capital and/or own funds requires the approval of the co-
shareholders and their respective bodies. In the case of subsidiaries
which are also institutions, changes in capital must be approved where
necessary by the appropriate banking supervisory authorities.
There are no cases where the actual own funds are less than required
in relation to subsidiaries within the meaning of Article 436 subpara-
graph (d) CRR. A capital shortfall is the amount by which the actual
capital is lower than the regulatory capital required.
Material, propriety or confidential information Under Article 432 (1) CRR institutions may omit one or more of the
disclosures listed in Part Eight Title II CRR, if the information provid-
ed by such disclosures is not regarded as material. In general,
HSH Nordbank fully meets all disclosure requirements with one
exception where the aggregation option is used due to immateriality.
Credit Risk Standardised Approach exposure classes, which account
for an immaterial proportion of the total exposure value, are aggregat-
ed to meet the requirements under Article 442 subparagraphs (d) to (f)
CRR. For this purpose, HSH Nordbank defines a proportion of a
maximum of 8 % as immaterial. This corresponds to the regulatory
ceiling for the permanent use of the Standardised Approach for credit
risk (permanent partial use).
Under Article 432 (2) institutions may also omit one or more items of
information included in the disclosures listed in Part Eight Title II and
III CRR, if those items include information which is regarded as
proprietary or confidential. HSH Nordbank has not made use of this
option in this report and also does not currently consider that this will
be required in the future.
Frequency of disclosure HSH Nordbank discloses the information required under Part 8 CRR
in accordance with Article 433 CRR fully annually at the reporting
date.
For information that need to be disclosed more frequently than once a
year, HSH Nordbank adheres to the BaFin’s circular 05/2015 dated 8
June 2015 on the implementation of the EBA guideline on disclosure
of materiality, proprietary and confidentiality and on disclosure fre-
quency (circular 05/2015 (BA)) and hence, complies with the EBA
guideline regarding Articles 432 (1) and (2) and Article 433 CRR
(EBA/GL/2014/14). The consolidated total assets of HSH Nordbank
exceed € 30 billion. In accordance with the criterion set forth in Title
VI (18) subparagraph (b) in conjunction with Title VIII (26) of this
circular, HSH Nordbank provides disclosures semi-annually, in line
with the frequency of the publication of its financial statements. The
content of the semi-annual disclosure report complies with the re-
quirements laid down in Title VIII (26) subparagraph (b) of the circu-
lar 05/2015 (BA). With respect to Article 451, Article 452 subpara-
graph (d) and (e) CRR as well as to other information that may rapidly
change, and to information that change significantly during the re-
porting period, HSH Nordbank follows the wording of Title VII (26)
subparagraph (b) CRR (EBA/GL/2014/14) of the broader descriptions
of the original English version.
Means of disclosures The Disclosure Report is published on HSH Nordbank's website
under “Investor Relations” in accordance with Article 434 (1) CRR.
The timing and medium of publication are notified to the supervisory
authorities.
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL PRINCIPLES DISCLOSURE REPORT 7
Further source of disclosure Provided that equivalent disclosures are made under other require-
ments, these may be deemed compliant in accordance with Arti-
cle 434 (2) CRR. HSH Nordbank uses this provision for the represen-
tations listed below:
– Under Article 435 (1) institutions shall disclose their risk manage-
ment objectives and policies for each separate category of risk, in-
cluding counterparty default risk, market risk incl. interest rate risk
and operational risk. Other material risk types of HSH Nordbank
include transformation risk and reputation risk. These are disclosed
as part of the information provided in the Group Management Re-
port (Risk Report) in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report. The infor-
mation flow to the management body regarding risk issues is de-
scribed there in accordance with Article 435 (2) subparagraph (e)
CRR.
– The number of management or supervisory posts held by members
of the management body as well as the recruitment policy and poli-
cy on diversity for the selection of members of the management
body in accordance with Article 435 (2) subparagraphs (a) to (c) is
disclosed as part of the information provided in the Corporate
Governance report in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report. Infor-
mation regarding the Risk Committee in accordance with Arti-
cle 435 (2) subparagraph (d) CRR can be found in the Supervisory
Board Report in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
– Under Article 438 subparagraph (a) CRR an institution shall dis-
close a qualitative summary of the approach used to assess the ade-
quacy of its internal (economic) capital to support current and fu-
ture activities. The internal procedures used to assess capital ade-
quacy in relation to the risk profile as well as the strategy for main-
taining the equity capital level must therefore be described. Details
regarding this are set out in the Group Management Report (Risk
Report) in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
– A description of the approaches and methods adopted for deter-
mining specific and general credit risk adjustments in accordance
with Article 442 subparagraph (b) CRR takes place in the infor-
mation provided in the Group Management Report and Group Fi-
nancial Statements (Group notes, Note 8 "Accounting policies") in
HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
– The requirements laid down in Article 450 CRR in conjunction
with Section 16 (1) of the German Ordinance on the Remuneration
of Financial Institutions (Institutsvergütungsverordnung –
InstitutsVergV) are met by HSH Nordbank by means of a separate
remuneration report. This report will be published on
HSH Nordbank's website at the same place as the disclosure report
under “Investor Relations”
– Additional information under section 26a of the german banking
act
The Group's legal and organisational structure as well as principles of
proper management are presented in the Group Management Report
(Basis of the Group and Risk Report) in HSH Nordbank's Annual
Report in accordance with Section 26a (1) Sentence 1 KWG.
Additional disclosure requirements under Section 26a (1) Sentence 2
KWG are set out as an appendix to the Group Financial Statements
('Country by country reporting') in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
Non-relevance and negative declarations In principle, HSH Nordbank discloses all information laid down in
Part Eight Titles II and III CRR. However, some of the requirements
are irrelevant for the Bank and accordingly not disclosed. For ensuring
unambiguousness of disclosure, HSH Nordbank explicitly makes a
negative declaration for the information listed below:
– HSH Nordbank does not make use of Articles 7 and 9 CRR. There-
fore, disclosure is not made in accordance with Article 436 subpar-
agraph (e) CRR.
– The capital ratios are determined solely on the basis of the princi-
ples laid down in the CRR. Accordingly, an explanation according
to Article 437 subparagraph (f) CRR is not provided.
– Equity holdings, to which grandfathering provisions apply regard-
ing capital requirements, are not held in HSH Nordbank's portfolio.
Therefore, disclosure in accordance with Article 438 subparagraph
(d) (iv) CRR does not apply.
– HSH Nordbank uses the mark-to-market method for determining
counterparty credit risk in accordance with Article 274 CRR.
Methods based on internal models pursuant to Articles 276 to 282
CRR are not used. Accordingly, no information according to Arti-
cle 439 subparagraphs (c) and (i) CRR regarding correlation risk
pursuant to Article 291 CRR and/or the estimate for value α pursu-
ant to Article 284 CRR is disclosed.
– Information pursuant to Article 441 CRR is not disclosed, as
HSH Nordbank was not classified as a bank of a global systemic
importance.
– HSH Nordbank does not hold any securitisation positions in the
trading book. For this reason, no information is provided on the
specific interest rate risk pursuant to Article 445 CRR and trading
book securitisation positions under Article 449 CRR.
– Hedging transactions for other retained re-securitisation and secu-
ritisation positions were not in place as at the reporting date and are
also not planned. No disclosure according to Article 449 subpara-
graph (g) CRR is therefore made.
– An internal measurement approach for securitisations pursuant to
Part Three Title II Chapter 5 (3) is currently not applied by
HSH Nordbank. Accordingly, no information is disclosed with re-
gard to Article 449 subparagraph (l) CRR.
– No securitised facilities subject to early amortisation treatment are
held in HSH Nordbank's portfolio. Therefore, no disclosure accord-
ing to Article 449 subparagraph (n) (iv) CRR is made.
– HSH Nordbank has not provided any support as defined in Arti-
cle 248 (1) CRR. A disclosure pursuant to Article 449 (r) is there-
fore not made.
– HSH Nordbank only uses own estimates of the LGD and conver-
sion factors for exposures to central governments, central banks,
institutions and corporates. Accordingly, separate disclosure pursu-
ant to Article 452 subparagraph (d) CRR and Article 452 subpara-
8 HSH NORDBANK 2016
graph (j) (ii) CRR is not made for exposures, to which own esti-
mates of the above-mentioned parameters are not applied.
– HSH Nordbank only uses the Standardised Approach for credit risk
for the retail exposure class. As a result, no information pursuant to
Article 452 subparagraph (f) CRR is disclosed.
– HSH Nordbank does not use Advanced Measurement Approaches
for the calculation of capital requirements for operational risk. In-
formation pursuant to Article 454 CRR is therefore not presented.
– Information is not disclosed under Article 455 CRR, as an internal
market risk model is not used.
OWN FUNDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS DISCLOSURE REPORT 9
2.1. OWN FUNDS
2.1.1. STRUCTURE OF OWN FUNDS For disclosures relating to own funds of the sub-group and the hold-
ing pursuant to Article 437 (1) subparagraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e) CRR
HSH Nordbank follows the Commission Implementing Regulation
(EU) No. 1423/2013 of 20 December 2013 laying down implementing
technical standards with regard to disclosure of capital requirements
for institutions according to CRR.
Disclosure of the nature and amounts of the specific components of own funds during the transitional period The template for the disclosure of own funds during the transitional
period contained in Annex VI of the Commission Implementing
Regulation (EU) No. 1423/2013 will be used until 31 December 2017
for disclosures pursuant to Article 437 (1) subparagraphs (d) and (e)
CRR. Full disclosure of this information is made in Table 62 (Appen-
dix, Section 9.2). In addition, the own funds structure as well as regu-
latory adjustments and capital ratios are shown in Table 1 and Table 2
in aggregated form.
The core capital ratio significantly improved as at 31 December 2016
and remains on a solid level of 13.9 %. The decrease of CET1 in con-
trast to the previous year results primarily from the increase of expo-
sure amount which qualify for a RW of 1250% (see line 20a of the
above mentioned Table 62 and Chapter 4. Securitisations).
The reduction of the AT1 results predominately from the application
of transitional provisions pursuant to Article 484 (4) CRR in connec-
tion with Article 486 (3) and (5) CRR as well as § 31 SolvV. Due to the
defined maximum in these Articles the chargeable silent partnerships
decrease.
[TAB. 1] STRUCTURE OF OWN FUNDS AND REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS OF THE SUB-GROUP IN € M
2016 2015
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) before regulatory adjustments 4,882 4,800
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) 3,972 4,363
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) before regulatory adjustments 1,324 1,544
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) 1,319 1,535
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 5,292 5,899
Tier 2 capital (T2) before regulatory adjustments 1,629 1,653
Tier 2 capital (T2) 1,629 1,653
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 6,921 7,551
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 1 capital (CET1) – 910 – 436
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)t – 5 – 9
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital (T2) – –
[TAB. 2] CAPITAL RATIOS OF THE SUB-GROUP IN %
2016 2015
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (as a percentage of the total debt) 13.9 % 11.6%
Tier 1 capital (as a percentage of the total debt) 18.5 % 15.7%
Total capital ratio (as a percentage of the total debt) 24.2 % 20.1%
Full reconciliation of components of own funds with the audited financial statements A full reconciliation of components of own funds with the audited
financial statements pursuant to Article 437 (1) subparagraph (a) CRR
in conjunction with Article 2 of the Commission Implementing Regu-
lation (EU) no. 1423/2013 is shown in Table 63 (Appendix, Section
9.2).
The reconciliation is performed in three steps. In the first step, the
consolidation group under commercial law is reconciled to the regula-
tory consolidation group as at 31 December 2015. The components of
own funds of the consolidation group under commercial law corre-
spond to the equity capital information originally published in
HSH Nordbank's Annual Report as at 31 December 2015, as they
form the basis for the regulatory own funds. In the second step, the
components of own funds are extended and effects arising during the
year are included. Lastly, the components of own funds are assigned to
the own funds items in the regulatory report of the sub-group as at 31
December 2016.
2. OWN FUNDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
10 HSH NORDBANK 2016
A reconciliation of the changes in reported equity between 31 De-
cember 2015 and 31 December 2016 is not provided, as it is disclosed
in detail in the Group Financial Statements (Group explanatory notes,
Note 50 "Equity") in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report as at 31 De-
cember 2016.
Description of the main features of own funds instruments issued The main features of the Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1
and Tier 2 capital instruments issued by HSH Nordbank are described
in Table 66 (Appendix, Section 9.4) in accordance with Article 437 (1)
subparagraph (b) CRR in conjunction with Article 3 of the Commis-
sion Implementing Regulation (EU) no. 1423/2013.
Transitional provisions for disclosure of own funds Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 capital exceed the require-
ments laid down in Article 92 CRR by € 2,686 million (previous year:
€ 2,670 million) and € 3,577 million (previous year: € 3,642 million),
respectively.
Pursuant to Article 492 (4) CRR € 1,324 million (previous year:
€ 1,544 million) and € 53 million (previous year: € 62 million) are
credited in the transitional period as Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier
2 capital, respectively, by virtue of applying Article 484 CRR.
2.1.2. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OWN FUNDS INSTRUMENTS
Pursuant to Article 437 (1) subparagraph (c) CRR the regulatory own
funds instruments of HSH Nordbank as at the reporting date mainly
comprise the following:
– The subscribed capital amounts to € 3,018 million.
– The reserves of € 1,804 million consist of capital reserves (€
175 million), other retained earnings (€ 533 million) as well as
Group retained earnings (€ 1,096 million).
– Silent partner contributions of € 1,324 million are credited to Addi-
tional Tier 1 capital during the transitional periods in accordance
with Article 484 (4) CRR in conjunction with Article 486 (3) and (5)
CRR and Section 31 SolvV, taking account of the ceilings men-
tioned therein. Moreover, € 506 million of these silent participations
can be considered as Additional Tier 2 capital due to the
exceedance of the previously named ceilings. Some of these silent
partner contributions thereby meet the requirements of Article 63
CRR; the remaining silent participations are subject to the transi-
tional provisions pursuant to Article 487 CRR. For the most part,
the silent participations are for an indefinite period and cannot be
terminated by the investors. HSH Nordbank regularly has the right
to terminate after the expiry of an agreed minimum period of time
that is subject to the approval of the ECB.
– The Tier 2 capital amounts to € 1,629 million and comprises long-
term subordinated liabilities (€ 1,050 million), the above mentioned
contribution to the silent participations of € 506 million and a con-
siderable eligible portion of the loan loss provision excess for IRBA
positions in accordance with Article 62 (1) subparagraph (d) CRR
in the amount of € 62 million.
– Subordinated liabilities were issued in the form of loan notes, regis-
tered or bearer bonds and are denominated in euro, US dollar and
Japanese yen. The registered bond issued in Japanese yen meets the
conditions laid down in Article 484 (5) CRR in conjunction with
Article 486 (4) and (5) CRR as well as Section 31 SolvV and is
thereby eligible for inclusion as Tier 2 capital during the transitional
period taking account of the ceilings specified therein. The original
maturities range from ten to 40 years. The interest rates payable
range between 0.02 % p. a. and 6.5 % p. a.
More detailed information on the terms and conditions on the alloca-
ble components of own funds are set out in Table 3.
OWN FUNDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS DISCLOSURE REPORT 11
[TAB. 3] TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OWN FUNDS INSTRUMENTS
Allocable total amount in € m
Remaining maturity < 5 years in € m
Remaining maturity >= 5 years in € m
Avg. remaining maturity in
years Avg. interest
rate in %1)
of which
CET1 of which AT1 of which T2
Ordinary shares of HSH Nordbank AG 3,018 - - - - - -
Allocable share capital of other entities included in the regulatory scope of consolidation – - - - - - -
Silent participations with limited allocability, subject to transitional rules, indefinite and without payment triggers - 1,300 495 - - - -
Silent participations with limited allocability, subject to transitional rules, limited or with payment triggers - 24 11 - 35 6 -
Profit participation certificates - - - - - - -
Permanently eligible subordinated liabilities - - 1,050 105 945 16 1.2
Subordinated liabilities subject to a transitional rule - - 11 11 - 1 6.4
1) Information on interest rates relates to interest payments actually made
2.1.3. STRUCTURE OF OWN FUNDS The holding fulfills the same regulatory requirements as set out for the
sub-group in chapter 2.1.1. As the holding-structure was established
in 2016, no figures for the previous year are shown in the following
tables.
The common equity tier 1 capital – in comparison to the sub-group –
is much lower. This results from consolidation-effects and the consid-
eration of guarantee obligations of the HSH Beteiligungs Management
GmbH on the holding level as a consequence of the EU decision.
The principal owner of HSH Nordbank AG as at the 2016 year end is
HSH Beteiligungs Management GmbH with a shareholding of 94.9 %.
Private investors advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC also have a share-
holding of 5.1 %. Pursuant to CRR, this is a minority shareholding of
private investors which can only partly be recognized in the common
equity tier 1 capital on holding-level. In addition due to the minority
shareholding own funds of the additional tier 1 capital and the tier 2
capital are just partly eligible. Therefore, these parts of own funds are
significantly reduced.
The structure of own funds and regulatory adjustments as well as
capital ratios are shown in Table 4 and 5. More detailed information is
set out in Table 64 (chapter 9.3).
12 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 4] STRUCTURE OF OWN FUNDS AND REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS OF THE HOLDING IN € M
2016 2015
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) before regulatory adjustments 2,882 –
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (CET1) 1,804 –
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) before regulatory adjustments 888 –
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) 883 –
Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 2,687 –
Tier 2 capital (T2) before regulatory adjustments 1,070 –
Tier 2 capital (T2) 1,070 –
Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 3,757 –
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 1 capital (CET1) – 1,078 –
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)t – 6 –
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 capital (T2) – –
[TAB. 5] CAPITAL RATIOS OF THE HOLDING IN %
2016 2015
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (as a percentage of the total debt) 6.5 % –
Tier 1 capital (as a percentage of the total debt) 9.7 % –
Total capital ratio (as a percentage of the total debt) 13.6 % –
Full reconciliation of components of own funds with the audited financial statements A full reconciliation of components of own funds with the audited
financial statements pursuant to Article 437 (1) subparagraph (a) CRR
in conjunction with Article 2 of the Commission Implementing Regu-
lation (EU) no. 1423/2013 is shown in Table 65 (Appendix, Section
9.3).
The reconciliation is performed in three steps. In the first step, the
consolidation group under commercial law is reconciled to the regula-
tory consolidation group as at 31 December 2016, as there is no data
for the previous year. In the second step, the components of own
funds are extended and effects arising during the year are included.
Lastly, the components of own funds are assigned to the own funds
items in the regulatory report of the holding as at 31 December 2016.
Description of the main features of own funds instruments issued Beside the ordinary share capital the holding has no own funds in-
struments issued. The capital instruments issued by HSH Nordbank
(sub-group) are described in Table 66 (Appendix, Section 9.4).
Transitional provisions for disclosure of own funds Common Equity Tier 1 capital exceeds the requirements laid down in
Article 92 CRR by € 558 million and Tier 1 capital by €1,026 million.
Pursuant to Article 492 (3) subparagraph (b) CRR € 51 million,
€ 290 million and € 373 million are credited in the transitional period
as Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2
capital, respectively, by virtue of applying Article 480 CRR.
2.1.4. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OWN FUNDS INSTRUMENTS
Pursuant to Article 437 (1) subparagraph (c) CRR the regulatory own
funds instruments of the holding as at the reporting date mainly
comprise the following:
– The subscribed capital amounts to € 0,1 million.
– The reserves of € 2,672 million consist of capital reserves (€
71 million), other retained earnings (€ 663 million) as well as
Group retained earnings (€ 1,938 million).
– The minority shareholding as part of the CET1 capital amounts to €
176 million.
– The eligible AT1 capital during the transitional period (see Section
2.1.2) adds up to € 888 million.
– The T2 capital amounts to € 1070 million.
OWN FUNDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS DISCLOSURE REPORT 13
2.2. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
2.2.1. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SUB-GROUP The capital requirements relevant for HSH Nordbank pursuant to
Article 438 subparagraphs (c) to (f) CRR are explained below and
disclosed in Table 6.
Credit risk Following approval by the competent authorities the risk parameters
required to determine the risk weight are generally calculated inter-
nally by HSH Nordbank (see Section 3.5.1). Consequently, the risk-
weighted exposure amounts for credit risk are generally calculated
using the IRB approach in accordance with Part Three Title II Chapter
3 CRR.
However, as part of the temporary or permanent partial use, the
Standardised Approach for credit risk pursuant to Part Three Title II
Chapter 2 CRR is applied to individual exposures and companies to
be consolidated. For this reason, information on capital requirements
for credit risk is provided in accordance with both the advanced IRB
Approach and Standardised Approach for credit risk, broken down in
each case into separate exposure classes by the approach applied.
Furthermore, capital requirements determined since 1 January 2014
for risks arising from contributions to the default fund of a central
counterparty (CCP) are disclosed pursuant to Articles 307 to 309 CRR.
In the case of equity holdings under the IRB approach,
HSH Nordbank determines the capital requirements using the PD-
LGD approach and the simple risk weight method. In addition, signif-
icant investments in financial sector entities pursuant to Article 48
CRR have been separately backed by equity since 1 January 2014,
provided that these are not deducted from own funds. Furthermore,
the equity holdings already held prior to 1 January 2008 and conse-
quently “grandfathered” (portfolio protection) according to Arti-
cle 495 (1) CRR are excluded from the Advanced IRB Approach until
31 December 2017 and are treated in accordance with the rules appli-
cable to the CRSA.
In total, the capital requirements for credit risk decreased as at the
reporting date compared to the previous year – from € 2,139 million
to € 1,871 million. The decrease can mainly be referred to the sale of a
non-performing shipping loan portfolio, mainly denominated in US $,
to the hsh portfoliomanagement AöR as at 30 June 2016, the Horizon
securitisation transaction (see Section 2.3.3) as well as an ongoing
wind-down strategy for portfolios held in the Non-core bank.
In contrary, the development of main risk-paramaters especially in the
shipping business caused negative impacts.
Further details on business performance are presented in the Group
Management Report (Economic report, Business performance) in
HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
Market risk HSH Nordbank uses standardised methods for determining capital
requirements for market risk in accordance with Part Three Title IV
Chapters 2 to 4 CRR.
The significant reduction of capital requirement for market risk from
€ 678 million 2015 to € 255 million as at 31 December 2016 results
from effects explained under Credit risk as well as a changed consid-
eration of foreign currency risk in the sunrise portfolio (see Section
5.1).
Operational risk HSH Nordbank applies the Standardised Approach pursuant to Arti-
cle 317 CRR for purposes of determining the capital requirement for
operational risk.
In total, there is a capital requirement for the sub-group of € 135
million (see Section 5.2).
Overall capital requirements In addition to credit risk, market risk and operational risk
HSH Nordbank has also backed the credit valuation adjustment risk
(CVA risk) with own funds since 1 January 2014 in accordance with
Part Three Title VI CRR. The capital requirements for this risk
amount to € 25 million. There were no capital requirements for set-
tlement risk pursuant to Part 3 Title VI CRR as at the reporting date.
This results in total capital requirements of € 2,286 million as of the
reporting date.
14 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 6] CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE SUB-GROUP IN € M
2016 2015
Credit risk
Standardised Approach (CRSA)
Central governments or central banks – –
Regional governments or local authorities 0 0
Public sector entities 1 3
Multilateral development banks – –
International organisations – –
Institutions 3 3
Corporates 21 35
Retail exposures 1 2
Exposures secured by mortgages on immovable property 0 0
Exposures in default 15 8
Exposures associated with particularly high risk 0 2
Covered bonds – –
Securitisations 7 5
Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment – –
Shares in collective investment undertakings – –
Equity holdings based on the continued use of the old methodology/grandfathering (CRSA) 12 20
Equity holdings excluded from the IRBA on a permanent basis or for a limited period (CRSA) – –
Other items 0 0
Advanced Internal Rating Based Approach (IRBA)
Central governments and central banks 32 36
Institutions 73 116
Corporates 1,095 1,227
Retail exposures – –
Significant equity holdings in a financial sector entity (250%) – –
Equity holdings using the simple risk weight approach 17 13
of which: private equity exposures in sufficiently diversified portfolio (190%) – –
of which: Exchange traded equity exposures (290%) 1 –
of which: Other equity exposures (370%) 16 13
Equity holdings using the PD-LGD approach (IRBA) 10 11
Equity holdings using internal models – –
Securitisations 478 542
Other non credit-obligation assets 106 116
Risk arising from default fund contributions to a central counterparty 0 0
Subtotal capital requirements for credit risks 1,871 2,139
Market risk in accordance with the Standardised Approach 255 678
Operational risk in accordance with the Standardised Approach 135 157
Credit valuation adjustment risk 25 35
Settlement risk – –
Total 2,286 3,009
2.2.2. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE HOLDING The capital requirements relevant for HSH Nordbank pursuant to
Article 438 subparagraphs (c) to (f) CRR are explained below and
disclosed in Table 7.
Credit risk The lower RWA for credit risk in the holding results from lower de-
ferred taxes. The lower own funds implicate a lower threshold for the
deduction of deferred taxes. This leads to a higher amount to be
deducted directly from the CET1 and a lower RWA requirement
(other assets without credit obligations).
OWN FUNDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS DISCLOSURE REPORT 15
In total, the capital requirements for credit risk add up to € 1,830
million.
Market risk The capital requirements for market risk are identical for holding and
sub-group and amount to € 255 million (see Section 5.1).
Operational risk HSH Nordbank applies the Standardised Approach pursuant to Arti-
cle 317 CRR for purposes of determining the capital requirement for
operational risk.
In total, there is a capital requirement for the holding of € 317 million
(see Section 5.2).
Overall capital requirements The CVA risk amounts to € 25 million. There were no capital re-
quirements for settlement risk pursuant to Part 3 Title VI CRR as at
the reporting date.
This results in total capital requirements of € 2,214 million as of the
reporting date. Since the holding was set up in 2016 no data exists for
2015.
[TAB. 7] CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE HOLDING IN € M
2016 2015
Credit risk
Standardised Approach (CRSA)
Central governments or central banks – –
Regional governments or local authorities 0 –
Public sector entities 1 –
Multilateral development banks – –
International organisations – –
Institutions 3 –
Corporates 21 –
Retail exposures 1 –
Exposures secured by mortgages on immovable property 0 –
Exposures in default 15 –
Exposures associated with particularly high risk 0 –
Covered bonds – –
Securitisations 7 –
Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment – –
Shares in collective investment undertakings – –
Equity holdings based on the continued use of the old methodology/grandfathering (CRSA) 12 –
Equity holdings excluded from the IRBA on a permanent basis or for a limited period (CRSA) – –
Other items 0 –
Advanced Internal Rating Based Approach (IRBA)
Central governments and central banks 32 –
Institutions 73 –
Corporates 1,095 –
Retail exposures – –
Equity holdings (IRBA) 27 –
Securitisations 478 –
Other non credit-obligation assets 65 –
Risk arising from default fund contributions to a central counterparty 0 –
Subtotal capital requirements for credit risks 1,830 –
Market risk in accordance with the Standardised Approach 255 –
Operational risk in accordance with the Standardised Approach 104 –
Credit valuation adjustment risk 25 –
Settlement risk – –
Total 2,214 –
16 HSH NORDBANK 2016
2.3. PROVISION OF A GUARANTEE FACILITY
2.3.1. SECOND LOSS GUARANTEE OF HSH FINANZFONDS AÖR
Basics of the effect of the second loss guarantee On 2 June 2009, the Federal State of Schleswig Holstein and the Free
and Hanseatic City of Hamburg granted HSH Nordbank AG a guar-
antee facility in the amount of € 10 billion via the HSH Finanzfonds
AöR as the guarantor in order to secure the future of the Bank. This
agreement on the provision of a guarantee facility as well as a related
recapitalization of the Bank are subject to approval by the European
Commission in accordance with the law regarding state aid. The EU
Commission concluded these state aid proceedings at the end of
September 2011 and entered into an agreement on commitments with
all the parties involved and imposed conditions. The conditions in-
clude a prohibition on the payment of dividends until and including
the financial year 2014, among other things. The guarantee of the
federal states is split into two partial guarantees for financial reporting
purposes. Partial guarantee One is recognized in the Group financial
statements as a financial guarantee contract in accordance with IAS
39.9. Partial guarantee Two is recognized as a credit derivative.
The guarantor guarantees actual rating-related defaults on financial
instruments selected based on certain defined criteria that form part
of the assets of HSH Nordbank AG.
The amount of default on a specific commitment is determined by the
amount outstanding, taking into account the specific loan loss provi-
sion existing as at 31 March 2009. The amount outstanding is at the
most the amount repayable as at 31 March 2009, plus all interest owed
and other ancillary payments. Losses may only be allocated under the
guarantee once the guarantee case has been examined and approved
by the guarantor.
The guarantee expires when it is returned to the guarantor after the
last reference commitment in the hedged portfolio has been met
irrevocably and in full or has resulted in a guarantee case for the full
amount. Since 2014 it is possible for HSH Nordbank AG to terminate
the guarantee in full.
2011 the guarantee was reduced by a total of € 3 billion to € 7 billion.
The guarantee facility was replenished as at 30 June 2013 by € 3 billion
to the original amount of € 10 billion. The guarantee agreement was
adjusted by way of an appropriate amendment agreement. Under this
agreement the fee provisions for the replenished guarantee remain
essentially unchanged. A one-off payment of € 275 million became
payable, however, for the re-increased amount on the coming into
force of the amendment agreement. Through this the guarantor is put
in a position as if the guarantee had never been reduced. The one-off
payment represents a fee for a time-related service and is amortized
over the period of the expected benefit. In 2016, € 22 million was
recognized through profit or loss in the Expenses for government
guarantees line item (previous year: € 69 million).
The amendment agreement also included new stipulations concern-
ing the capital protection clause which took effect on 1 January 2014.
Insofar as the obligation to pay the additional premium would have
the effect of decreasing the Tier 1 capital ratio (both from an ex post
and ex ante perspective) excluding hybrid capital (common equity
ratio) of HSH Nordbank to below 10 % (minimum common equity
ratio) or of increasing an already existing shortfall, the guarantor is
obliged to waive the portion of the entitlement that would result in the
ratio falling below the minimum common equity ratio against the
issue of a debtor warrant (so-called capital protection clause).
Since January 2014, HSH Nordbank calculates the supervisory capital
ratio on the basis of IFRS data (until 31 December 2013 HGB data
were used). To cover a scenario in which the common equity ratio fell
below 10 %, a waiver by the guarantor HSH Finanzfonds AöR was
recognized to income from the additional premium. However, under
the new provisions of the capital protection clause, a debtor warrant
was no longer issued immediately upon declaration of the debt waiver
but was subject to certain conditions. Only when these conditions are
met did the obligation from the debtor warrant arise.
In exchange for the guarantee HSH Nordbank AG paid a contractual-
ly agreed base premium of 4 % p.a. on the guarantee volume outstand-
ing at the time up until 31 December 2015. Draw downs did not
reduce the calculation basis. The recurring base premium payable was
recognized through profit or loss on an accrual basis in the Expenses
for government guarantees line item.
As long as and insofar as a cash drawdown of the guarantee is not yet
made through the invoicing of losses that in total exceed the first loss
piece of € 3.2 billion to be borne by the Bank, a claim for compensa-
tion against HSH Finanzfonds AöR cannot be recognized. Against
this background the hedging effect of partial guarantee One recog-
nized in the balance sheet is accounted for on a net basis. The Bank
initially determines specific and general loan loss provisions without
taking the hedging effect of the second loss guarantee into account
and then records the balance sheet hedging effect through the use of a
compensation item that reduces the loan loss provision amount dis-
closed on the balance sheet accordingly. The specific and general loan
loss provisions recognized are not changed by the accounting applied
to the hedging effect. The hedging effect of partial guarantee Two is
not disclosed separately as a compensation item in Loan loss provi-
sions but in a separate line item in the statement of financial position
and the statement of income within the framework of accounting for
the credit derivative at fair value.
The compensation item was reduced by the additional premium
imposed by the EU Commission in the amount of 3.85 % p. a. This
additional premium was only to be paid to HSH Finanzfonds AöR in
the case of an actual drawdown of the guarantee. The additional
OWN FUNDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS DISCLOSURE REPORT 17
premium was payable at the latest until 31 December 2019 and was to
cease to apply retroactively in the event that the guarantee was not
drawn down. The current hedging effect of the second loss guarantee
was used as the measurement basis for calculating the additional
premium (ex post). The anticipated total loss payable by the guarantor
was the measurement basis for the calculation of the additional pre-
mium (ex ante).
Insofar as it was more likely than not that the guarantee would be
drawn down, the premiums to be paid in the future also needed to be
recognized (on a present value basis) as loan collateral expense, as,
according to the guarantee agreement, draw downs did not reduce the
basis for calculating the guarantee premiums. The future premiums
resulted in a reduction of the compensation item as does the addition-
al premium. The present value calculation gave rise to an interest
effect, which was disclosed under Net interest income.
If, during the restructuring and workout program, measures con-
sistent with the guarantee are implemented in respect of hedged
commitments that conflict with recognition of the hedging instru-
ment in the financial statements as a financial guarantee under IAS
39.9, commitments may be transferred to the partial guarantee Two
under the framework agreement that falls under the definition of a
credit derivative under IFRS, subject to approval from the trustee
appointed by the guarantor. The maximum guarantee amount is not
altered by the revival of partial guarantee Two and the respective
partial amounts offset each other.
Decision made by the European Commission in the EU state aid proceedings On 2 May 2016 the EU Commission issued a formal decision in the
current EU state aid proceedings and thereby approved the replen-
ishment of the second loss guarantee provided by the federal states
from € 7.0 billion to € 10.0 billion. The decision is based on a cata-
logue of conditions and commitments provided by the Federal Re-
public of Germany to the EU Commission. Based on this catalogue,
HSH Nordbank has to provide the holding with liquidity in the
amount of
€ 50 million to ensure its operations and make a one-off payment of
€ 210 million to the holding company.
The holding company was set up as HSH Beteiligungs Management
GmbH on 20 May 2016 and was entered in commercial register B of
the Local Court (Amtsgericht) of Hamburg on 13 June 2016. The
abovementioned payments were made on 30 June 2016. They had
already been included in the compensation item “Remaining payment
obligations for guarantee premiums” as at 31 December 2015, mean-
ing that they were utilized in the financial year.
In exchange for the guarantee HSH Nordbank AG has been paying a
contractually agreed base premium of 2.2 % p.a. on the guarantee
volume that has not yet been drawn down since 1 January 2016. The
recurring base premium payable is recognized through profit or loss
on an accrual basis in the Expenses for government guarantees line
item. The guarantee premium expense that is attributable to partial
guarantee Two (credit derivative) is taken into account when calculat-
ing the market value of the credit derivative. The other fee compo-
nents of the guarantee (base premium on the utilized portion of the
guarantee, base premium of 1.8 % p.a. on the nominal amount of the
guarantee, additional premium) were assumed by the newly estab-
lished holding company.
Due to a binding statement of the Free and Hanseatic City of Ham-
burg and the Federal State of Schleswig-Holstein vis-à-vis
HSH Nordbank AG already existing as at the reporting date
31 December 2015 with regard to the assumption of guarantee obliga-
tions (additional premium and parts of the base premium), it had
become unlikely that future premium payments excluding those
payments still to be expected after the decision of the EU Commission
(one-off payment of € 210 million and provision of liquidity of €
50 million to the holding company) would be made by
HSH Nordbank. As a result, the obligations recognized in the com-
pensation item in the past, as well as the debt waiver, had already been
derecognized through profit or loss as at 31 December 2015.
Accounting impact of the second loss guarantee in the 2016 financial year The hedging effect of the financial guarantee granted by the Free and
Hanseatic City of Hamburg and the Federal State of Schleswig-
Holstein via HSH Finanzfonds AöR, which was reported on the face
of the balance sheet for the first time as at 31 December 2010,
amounted to € 7,854 million as at 31 December 2016 (previous year:
€ 7,422 million).
As at 31 December 2016 a compensation item disclosed on the bal-
ance sheet of € 7,854 million (31 December 2015: € 7,162 million)
results from the hedging effect of partial guarantee One which is offset
under the Loan loss provisions item. An amount of € 2,284 million
(previous year: € 3,077 million) has been taken into account, with a
positive effect, under loan loss provisions in the statement of income.
The compensation item on the balance sheet includes compensation
claims of HSH Nordbank AG vis-à-vis the guarantor in the total
amount of € 409 million, as the settled payment defaults under the
guarantee exceeded the first loss piece to be borne by the Bank of € 3.2
billion as at 31 December 2016. This means that HSH Nordbank AG
now has a contractual entitlement to loss compensation with regard to
the main claims in default and the interest accrued. The payments
already made amount to € 1.9 billion as at 31 December 2016.
The partial guarantee Two is disclosed as a credit derivative under the
“Credit derivative under the second loss guarantee” line item. Changes
in the measurement of the credit derivative at fair value are disclosed
under the “Hedging effect of the credit derivative second loss guaran-
tee” line item in the statement of income. The fair value of the partial
guarantee Two was € 199 million as at 31 December 2016 (previous
18 HSH NORDBANK 2016
year: € 663 million). Expense of € – 475 million (previous year: in-
come of € 658 million) has been recognized under the “Hedging effect
of credit derivative under the second loss guarantee” line item in the
statement of income.
The drop in the fair value of the credit derivative as at
31 December 2016 is due to the sale of the loan receivable portfolio
that is secured under partial guarantee Two to hsh
portfoliomanagement AöR. The reduction in the positive market
value of the credit derivative resulting from the settlement of losses
associated with the transactions hedged using the second loss guaran-
tee and the associated expense entry under the “Hedging effect of
credit derivative under the second loss guarantee” line item in the
statement of income is offset by the capitalization, affecting income, of
a compensatory claim under partial guarantee Two vis-à-vis the guar-
antor in the compensation item in the balance sheet in the amount of
€ 32 million, as well as payments already made in the amount of €
740 million (previous year € 0 million).
In addition, transactions had to be reallocated from partial guarantee
One to partial guarantee Two because they no longer met the re-
quirements for recognition under the financial guarantee.
Taking into account the compensation payments of HSH Finanzfonds
AöR already received for credit losses in the hedged portfolio of
€ 1,852 million (previous year: € 0 million) and the hedging effect
resulting from the credit derivative measured on the reporting date
(protection leg) in the amount of € 204 million, the utilization of the
guarantee as at 31 December 2016 comes to € 9,911 million (previous
year: € 7,422 million). Since the 2009 reporting year the Bank has
recorded premium expense totaling € 3,706 million for the provision
of the second loss guarantee. € 3,659 million has been paid to date, of
which € 2,624 million is attributable to the current base premium and
€ 1,035 million to one-off payments (thereof € 260 million to HSH
Beteiligungs Management GmbH).
2.3.2. EFFECTS OF THE CAPITAL MEASURES ON THE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
HSH Nordbank has classified the guarantee facility issued by hsh
finanzfonds AöR as eligible unfunded credit protection in accordance
with Article 213 CRR in conjunction with Article 215 CRR. As it
possesses the necessary characteristics, such as for example division
into tranches and ranking (waterfall), it is treated as a securitized
position under the Advanced IRB Approach. The risk weight of the
senior tranche is determined using the Supervisory Formula Ap-
proach in accordance with Article 262 CRR.
This secondary, loss-based, risk-shielding function of the guarantee
facility is designated within HSH Nordbank as Sunrise or the Sunrise
transaction. This risk shield is structured as a synthetic securitisation
transaction which is recognized by the supervisory authorities so that
assets remain on HSH Nordbank's balance sheet.
Due to its structure, a corresponding easing of the strain on capital
requirements may be achieved through the hsh finanzfonds AöR
guarantee facility starting on 30 June 2009.
Based on the securitisation regulations in CRR, there is a choice for
the first loss piece between a capital deduction and an allowance with
a risk weight of 1,250 %. At the reporting date the first loss piece was
already fully utilized, thus neither option could be used.
The risk weight for the second loss piece is 0 %. The risk weight for the
senior tranche is 24 % at the reporting date.
Since 31 December 2016 HSH Nordbank uses the option pursuant to
Article 266 (3) subparagraph (c) to split the senior tranche into two
(virtual) tranches of whom a sub-tranche, receiving a risk weight of
1.250 %, is deducted from regulatory capital pursuant to Article 36 (1)
subparagraph (k). The other tranche receives the risk weight of the
senior tranche.
Pursuant to Article 92 CRR HSH Nordbank determines capital re-
quirements taking the guarantee facility into account. Consequently,
disclosures made in this report generally reflect the effect of the guar-
antee. Exceptions are explicitly stated.
Additional information on the features of the Sunrise transaction (e.g.
treatment of currency mismatches) is set out in Chapter 4.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 19
Definition The default risk information is based on the sub-group. Main differ-
ence to the holding is lower RWA due to lower deferred taxes (see
Section 1.1.2). Therefore, a separate presentation of the holding is
expendable.
HSH Nordbank breaks down its default risk into credit, settlement,
country and equity holding risk.
In addition to the traditional credit risk, credit risk also includes
counterparty and issuer risk. The conventional credit risk is the risk of
complete or partial loss in the lending business as a result of deteriora-
tion in the counterparty’s credit standing. A counterparty default risk
exists in the case of derivatives and refers to the risk that a counterpar-
ty defaults during the term of a transaction and HSH Nordbank must
cover the shortfall for the residual term by means of a new contract on
the market at the price prevailing at that time which might be less
favourable. Issuer risk denotes the risk that a loss is incurred on a
financial transaction as a result of the default or deterioration in the
creditworthiness of the issuer.
Settlement risk consists of clearing risk and advance performance risk.
Clearing risk arises in the case of possible loss of value if delivery or
acceptance claims pertaining to a transaction that is already due, have
not been met by both parties. Advance performance risk arises where
HSH Nordbank has performed its contractual obligations but consid-
eration from the contracting party is still outstanding.
HSH Nordbank understands country risk as the risk that agreed
payments are not made or are only made in part or delayed due to
government-imposed restrictions on cross-border payments (transfer
risk). The risk is not related to the debtor’s credit rating.
The equity holding risk is the danger of financial loss due to the im-
pairment of equity holdings.
All elements of default risk referred to are taken into account within
the context of equity capital management. For risk concentrations and
equity holding risks additional management measures are in place.
Risk management objectives and policies The risk management objectives and policies for default risk pursuant
to Article 435 (1) CRR are set out in the information provided in the
Group Management Report (Risk Report) in HSH Nordbank’s An-
nual Report.
3.1. CREDIT RISK ADJUSTMENTS
3.1.1. TOTAL AMOUNT OF EXPOSURES The total amount of exposures held in HSH Nordbank's portfolio,
broken down into exposure classes, geographic areas, distribution of
the exposures by economic sectors and remaining maturities, is dis-
closed below in accordance with Article 442 subparagraphs (c) to (f).
CRSA exposure classes, which account for an immaterial proportion
of the total amount of exposures, are aggregated into a total CRSA
amount for the purposes of presenting information in accordance
with Article 442 subparagraphs (d) to (f) in Table 9 to Table 11. For
this purpose, HSH Nordbank defines a proportion of a maximum of 8 %
as immaterial. This corresponds to the regulatory ceiling for the per-
manent use of the Standardized Approach for credit risk (permanent
partial use).
The exposure values are calculated after the application of CCFs in
accordance with Article 111 (1) CRR and Article 166 to 168 CRR.
However, with respect to the requirements stipulated in Article 442
subparagraph (c) CRR, in Table 8 to Table 11 credit risk minimization
techniques are not included in the calculation. The credit equivalent
value is shown for derivative instruments. IRBA and CRSA exposure
values are combined. The breakdown does not include equity hold-
ings and securitizations. Securitizations are presented in Chapter 4
and equity holdings are presented in Section 3.4.
The total amount of exposures is € 53 billion as at the reporting date
(previous year: € 57 billion). The average amount calculated as the
arithmetic mean of the quarterly amounts is € 54 billion for the re-
porting period (previous year: € 59 billion).
The decrease of exposure values between 31 December 2015 and the
reporting date mainly results from the portfolio sold to the Länder
and the ongoing wind-down strategy in the Non-core bank.
3. DEFAULT RISK
20 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 8] EXPOSURE VALUES BY EXPOSURE CLASS IN € M
Exposure value
Reporting date
Avg. during the reporting period1)
2016 2015 2016 2015
Credit Risk Standardised Approach (CRSA)
Central governments or central banks 27 34 24 25
Regional governments or local authorities 0 0 0 0
Public sector entities 300 406 246 258
Multilateral developments banks – – – –
International organisations 226 285 242 266
Institutions 860 1,558 746 1,893
Corporates 234 420 305 464
Retail exposures 9 31 24 34
Exposures secured by mortgages on immovable property 7 14 12 18
Exposures in default 127 77 98 77
Exposures associated with particularly high risk 3 16 11 16
Covered bonds – – – –
Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment – – – –
Shares in collective investment undertakings – – – 9
Other items 0 0 0 0
Advanced Internal Rating Based Approach (IRBA)
Central governments and central banks 15,586 15,420 15,054 16,902
Institutions 5,807 6,957 6,359 7,965
Corporates 29,099 31,002 30,726 30,888
Other non credit-obligation assets 353 386 459 539
Total 52,638 56,606 54,306 59,354
1) Arithmetic mean of the quarterly amounts
[TAB. 9] EXPOSURE VALUES BY GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS IN € M
CRSA IRBA
Total
Central governments/ central banks Institutions Corporates
Other non-credit-obligation assets
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Germany 1,134 2,032 14,202 13,743 2,692 3,082 17,010 18,513 178 206
Western Europe (without Germany) 377 456 798 797 3,068 3,722 8,673 8,499 – –
North America 3 4 76 61 28 67 1,369 1,989 72 82
Asia Pacific Region 3 15 43 285 10 11 1,160 1,125 – –
Latin America 40 38 – – – – 34 35 – –
Central and Eastern Europe 0 0 – – 7 69 640 595 – –
Middle East 9 9 – – 0 4 129 157 – –
African countries 0 0 – – 2 2 85 89 – –
International organisations 226 285 466 535 – – – – – –
Other – – – – – – – – 102 98
Total 1,792 2,839 15,586 15,420 5,807 6,957 29,099 31,002 353 386
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 21
[TAB. 10] EXPOSURE VALUES BY ECONOMIC SECTORS IN € M
CRSA IRBA
Total (including: SME1))
Central governments/ central banks Institutions
Corporates (including: SME1))
Other non-credit-obligation assets
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Credit institutions 677 1,416 1,705 1,624 5,106 5,302 68 55 4 3
– – – – – – – – – –
Other financial institutions 294 347 – – 610 588 813 1,173 54 55
2 9 – – – – 62 59 – –
Public sector 555 727 13,881 13,797 14 23 257 382 – –
0 0 – – – – 29 32 – –
Private households 19 35 – – – 0 193 206 19 11
1 1 – – – – 10 16 – –
Properties and flats 118 119 – – 1 611 8,300 7,784 – –
25 29 – – – – 67 46 – –
Shipping 10 25 – – – 27 4,162 5,206 – –
7 15 – – – – 39 40 – –
Industry 23 24 – – – 61 6,631 7,438 12 12
5 4 – – – – 206 150 – –
Trade and transport 6 15 – – 76 324 2,888 2,666 15 23
2 1 – – – – 255 157 – –
Other services 89 133 – – 1 20 5,708 6,009 2 9
1 17 – – – – 129 222 – –
Other 1 0 – – – – 79 81 248 272
– – – – – – – – – –
Total 1,792 2,839 15,586 15,420 5,807 6,957 29,099 31,002 353 386
43 76 – – – – 797 722 – –
1) Small and medium size companies
[TAB. 11] EXPOSURE VALUES BY CONTRACTUAL REMAINING MATURITY IN € M
CRSA IRBA
Total
Central governments/ central banks Institutions Corporates
Other non-credit-obligation assets
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
≤ 1 day1 52 78 3,386 2,706 184 192 1,532 1,459 5 7
> 1 day ≤ 3 months 660 1,431 943 636 419 236 1,288 808 – –
> 3 months ≤ 6 months 80 211 509 598 51 311 469 520 – –
> 6 months ≤ 1 year 181 149 423 284 694 287 1,957 1,449 – –
> 1 year ≤ 5 years 273 250 6,137 5,428 2,641 3,381 12,189 13,850 15 23
> 5 years2 546 719 4,188 5,767 1,817 2,549 11,664 12,916 332 356
Total 1,792 2,839 15,586 15,420 5,807 6,957 29,099 31,002 353 386
1) The residual maturity of "1 day" includes all transactions due within one day, which also means transactions callable daily with indefinite maturity 2) Receivables which generally do not have fixed terms to maturity, like investment shares, are included in the last maturity range with a flat residual maturity of 10 years
22 HSH NORDBANK 2016
3.1.2. DEFINITIONS OF ”PAST DUE“ AND ”IMPAIRED“ FOR ACCOUNTING PURPOSES
For accounting purposes an impairment test is to be performed for
financial instruments held in the Loans and Receivables category in
accordance with IAS 39, as soon as there is objective evidence of
impairment. The value adjustment required, which is recognized as an
individual valuation allowance, is calculated as the difference between
the present value of the cash flows still expected to be received from
the loan, discounted using the original effective interest rate of the
loan, and the current carrying amount. Provisions are also recognized
for imminent draw downs under irrevocable commitments made to
customers in default. The loans are then divided into the following
categories depending on the creditworthiness of the borrower:
[TAB. 12] DIVISION OF RECEIVABLES INTO PAST DUE AND IMPAIRED No individual valuation allowances or reserves created
Loans without identifiable default risks. As at the reporting date these loans do not show any risk; no individual valuation allowances or reserves are created for these credits, only portfolio valuation allowances.
A loan is past due when the counterparty has not made a contractually agreed-upon payment. For this purpose, even a single day past due is taken into account.
past due
Creation of individual valuation allowances, reserves or direct write-offs
Impaired On the basis of objective criteria, for these loans (partial) default is expected; hence the creation of an adequate individual valuation allowances or provision is required. No (additional) portfolio valuation allowances are created for these loans.
impaired
Non-recoverable loans Such receivables can no longer be collected. No recoverable collateral available. These loans need to be written-off.
3.1.3. DESCRIPTION OF THE APPROACHES AND METHODS ADOPTED FOR DETERMINING SPECIFIC AND GENERAL CREDIT RISK ADJUSTMENTS
HSH Nordbank pays the utmost attention to default risk in the risk
management process. Impairment losses incurred on a loan commit-
ment are covered by the recognition of individual valuation allowanc-
es for loans and advances and provisions for contingent liabilities in
the amount of the potential default in accordance with uniform
Group-wide standards. HSH Nordbank also recognizes portfolio
valuation allowances for latent default risks, which have already mate-
rialized but have not yet been identified by the Bank.
The approaches and methods adopted for determining specific and
general credit risk adjustments in accordance with Article 442 subpar-
agraph (b) CRR are set out in the information provided in the Group
Management Report and Group Financial Statements (Group explan-
atory notes, Note 8 "Accounting Policies") in HSH Nordbank's Annual
Report.
3.1.4. DEVELOPMENT OF LOAN LOSS PROVISIONS IN THE LENDING BUSINESS
Consistent with Article 442 subparagraph (i) CRR, Table 13 lists the
overall portfolio as well as the changes in loan loss provision types in
the reporting.
Individual valuation allowances, provisions and portfolio valuation
allowances total € 6,822 million as at the reporting date. Loan loss
provisions recognized in particular for legacy portfolios were largely
compensated by the hedging effect of the second loss guarantee (com-
pensation item). The compensation item amounts to € 7,854 million.
Detailed information on changes in loan loss provisions and on the
hedging effect of the guarantee facility is set out in the Group Man-
agement Report (Economic Report) and Group Financial Statements
(Group explanatory notes, Note 3 "Provision of a guarantee facility")
in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 23
[TAB. 13] DEVELOPMENT OF LOAN PROVISIONS IN € M
Individual valuation allowances Provisions Portfolio valuation allowances
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Portfolio at the beginning of the reporting year 7,615 5,791 57 47 663 395
Addition 2,590 3,714 77 36 34 252
Reversal 908 892 63 26 281 1
Utilisation 2,877 1,269 5 1 – –
Interest income – 162 – 207 – – – –
Changes due to exchange rate fluctuations and other changes 80 479 0 1 3 17
Portfolio at the closing date 6,336 7,615 67 57 419 663
3.1.5. IMPAIRED AND PAST DUE RECEIVABLES IN THE LENDING BUSINESS BY ECONOMIC SECTORS AND GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS
Table 14 and Table 15 show the non-performing and past due receiva-
bles broken down by economic sectors and geographical areas con-
sistent with Article 442 subparagraphs (g) and (h) CRR.
As at the reporting date, receivables from nonperforming loans (need-
ing value adjustments, i.e. individual value reserves or loan loss provi-
sions) totaled € 10,182 million, and receivables of past due loans (not
needing value adjustments) totaled € 2,082 million.
[TAB. 14] IMPAIRED OR PAST RECEIVABLES BY ECONOMIC SECTORS IN € M
Portfolio
Impaired1) Individual valuation allowance Provisions Portfolio valuation allowance
Main branch 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Credit institutions – – – 14 – 0 3 3
Other financial institutions 106 618 34 106 – 0 6 17
Public sector 10 90 10 40 0 0 4 10
Private households 124 145 95 104 – – 7 15
Properties and flats 1,127 2,113 484 958 3 3 53 117
Shipping 6,841 10,016 4,787 5,386 39 21 244 294
Industry 1,045 955 567 509 20 23 50 112
Trade and transport 313 353 185 176 4 3 21 41
Other services 616 815 174 321 1 6 33 54
Other – – – – – – – –
Total 10,182 15,105 6,336 7,614 67 56 421 663
1) Total receivables from impaired loans (with need for valuation allowances; i.e. need for individual valuation allowances or provisions)
24 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Net additions/reversals of
Individual valuation
allowances Provisions Portfolio valuation
allowance DW2) Receipts3) Total receivables
past due4)
Main branch 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Credit institutions – – 1 – – – 1 2 – – – – – –
Other financial institutions 2 4 0 0 – 4 7 – – – – 11 25
Public sector – 18 – 20 0 1 – 2 5 – – – – 1 8
Private households 4 22 – – – 4 7 – – – – 10 32
Properties and flats – 151 172 – 3 3 – 34 59 – – – – 404 390
Shipping 1,628 2,549 22 12 – 137 120 – – – – 1,594 352
Industry 181 93 2 2 – 32 – 3 – – – – 40 133
Trade and transport 39 20 1 2 – 13 23 – – – – 3 26
Other services – 1 – 18 – 5 – 2 – 19 30 – – – – 19 83
Other – – – – – – 187 86 60 149 – –
Total 1,684 2,821 13 10 – 246 250 187 86 60 149 2,082 1,049
2) Direct write-offs 3) Recoveries on receivables written off 4) Total receivables from past due loans (without need of valuation allowances)
[TAB. 15] IMPAIRED OR PAST DUE RECEIVABLES BY GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS IN € M
Impaired1)
Individual valuation allowance portfolio Provisions portfolio
portfolio valuation allowance
Total receivables past due2)
Main region 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Germany 4,748 8,289 3,277 4,460 42 53 167 334 853 453
Western Europe (without Germany) 3,586 4,800 1,913 2,074 14 3 146 210 1,010 480
North America 51 80 26 59 – – 18 25 0 9
Asia Pacific Region 1,085 873 865 557 11 0 35 32 115 29
Latin America 22 164 27 149 0 0 6 5 – –
Central and Eastern Europe 337 541 92 207 0 0 37 33 104 78
Middle East 273 299 90 81 – – 7 19 – –
African countries 80 59 46 27 – – 2 4 – –
International organisations – – – – – – – – – –
Other – – – – – – – – – –
Total 10,182 15,105 6,336 7,614 67 56 418 662 2,082 1,049
1) Total receivables from impaired loans (with need for valuation allowances; i.e. need for individual valuation allowances or provisions) 2) Total receivables from of past due loans (without need for valuation allowances)
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 25
3.2. USE OF ECAI
3.2.1. NAMES OF THE NOMINATED ECAI AND ECA Under the Standardised Approach for credit risk the required risk
weight for the calculation of own capital backing is stipulated by the
supervisory authority. The risk weight depends on the type of receiva-
ble, its external rating and any collateral. HSH Nordbank uses external
credit assessments provided by external credit assessment institutions
(ECAI) recognised by the supervisory authorities for the determina-
tion of risk weights in accordance with Article 138 and 269 CRR.
Different rating agencies (ECAI) or export insurance agencies (ECA)
can be appointed for each category of receivables. The CRSA or IRBA
exposure class Securitisations allows rating agencies to be appointed at
the transaction level; for all other CRSA exposures they are appointed
per receivables category related to credit assessment.
If an external credit assessment of a recognised rating agency is used,
the assessment is to be transferred into a credit assessment according
to the rating master scale. It needs to be checked for each approved
ECAI whether an external rating exists or not. If there is more than
one external rating available, of the two ratings leading to the lowest
CRSA risk weights, the rating with the higher CRSA risk weight is
decisive. HSH Nordbank generally uses the issuer rating for exposures
that are not part of the trading book, except for ABS transactions
where the external rating for the transaction is used.
HSH Nordbank has admitted only the ECAIs listed in Table 16 to be
used with respect to Article 444 subparagraph (a) CRR and makes use
of these for the exposure classes listed pursuant to Article 444 subpar-
agraph (b) CRR. Export credit agencies are not used in this context.
ECAIs are only nominated for the sovereign and securitisation receiv-
ables categories. Whilst only the Standardised Approach for credit risk
is involved for sovereign receivables, external ratings are used for
securitisation positions under both the Standardised and IRB ap-
proaches. The external rating of the respective central government is
relevant for transactions as defined in Articles 115 and 116 CRR as
well as Article 119 in connection with Article 121 CRR and applied in
determining the risk weight. Transactions assigned to the regional or
local authority, public sector entity and institutions exposure classes
are affected by this. These continue to be disclosed in the above-
mentioned exposure classes.
[TAB. 16] RATING AGENCIES BY RECEIVABLES CATEGORY
Receivables category Exposure class Rating agency
States Central governments and central banks
Fitch, Moody’s, S & P
Securitisations CRSA securitisation exposures IRBA securitisation exposures
Fitch, Moody’s, S & P
3.2.2. TRANSFER OF ISSUER AND ISSUE OF CREDIT ASSESSMENTS
The process used by HSH Nordbank to transfer credit assessments of
issuers and issues in accordance with Article 444 subparagraph (c)
CRR is described below.
Issuer credit assessments are necessary to determine the CRSA and
IRBA risk weight for securitisations as well as the eligibility of collat-
erals for CRSA and IRBA exposures. HSH Nordbank uses issue credit
assessments provided by the rating agencies Fitch, Moody's and S & P.
The listed rating agencies were designated to the regulatory authorities
by HSH Nordbank.
3.2.3. CRSA AND IRBA EXPOSURE VALUES UNDER REGULATORY RISK WEIGHTS
In order to determine the capital requirements, both the Standardized
Approach for credit risk and the Advanced IRB Approach require
risk-weighted exposures (the product of risk weight and exposure
value) to be created. For the Standardized Approach for credit risk the
risk weights depending on exposure classes and the published stand-
ard assignments of external ratings in accordance with Article 444
subparagraph (d) CRR. Table 17 shows the CRSA exposure values
before and after credit risk reduction measures in accordance with
Article 444 subparagraph (e) CRR. Substitution effects mean that
exposure values with risk weights that were originally higher are
replaced with those with a lower risk weight.
In contrast, the Advanced IRB Approach always calculates the risk
weights using parameters assessed internally. The IRBA exposure class
Equity exposure and IRBA Special Financing positions are exceptions.
In these cases it is possible to determine risk weight using the “simple
risk weight” methodology. Risk weighting is set by the supervisory
authorities depending on fixed criteria. However, HSH Nordbank
currently only partially uses the simple risk weight approach for equity
exposures. Depending on whether the equity exposure is not quoted
on the stock exchange but is diversified sufficiently, or represents a
quoted or another equity exposure, a risk weight of 190 %, 290 %
and/or 370 % in accordance with Article 155 (2) CRR is allocated.
Significant equity holdings in a financial sector entity receive a risk
weight of 250 % subject to Article 155 (1) CRR in conjunction with
Article 48 (4) CRR. The exposure values of the above-mentioned
equity exposures are also listed in Table 17 in accordance with Arti-
26 HSH NORDBANK 2016
cle 438 sentence 2 CRR. This classification does not include securitiza- tions since they are separately disclosed in Chapter 4.
[TAB. 17] CRSA/ IRBA EXPOSURE VALUES BY REGULATORY RISK WEIGHT IN € M
CRSA before credit risk reduction CRSA after credit risk reduction Advanced IRBA
Risk weight in % 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
0 253 319 253 319 – –
2 728 1,417 175 182 – –
4 – – – – – –
10 – – – – – –
20 392 546 150 299 – –
35 – – 5 12 – –
50 – 0 36 2 – –
70 – – – 0 – –
75 26 41 8 29 – –
100 381 640 362 640 – –
150 113 74 112 71 – –
190 – – – – – –
250 1 2 0 0 – –
290 – – – – 3 –
370 – – – – 55 43
1,250 – – – – – –
Capital deduction – – – – – –
Other risk weights 49 55 40 49 – –
Total 1,943 3,094 1,141 1,603 58 43
3.3. COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK
3.3.1. METHODOLOGY UNDER WHICH INTERNAL CAPITAL AND CEILINGS FOR COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES ARE ASSIGNED
The usual credit approval procedures must be complied with when
creating counterparty credit risk exposures within the meaning of Part
Three Title II Chapter 6 CRR. The risk classification, limitation and
monitoring processes of the classic lending business apply accordingly.
Information, which complies with the requirements as defined in
Article 435 (1) CRR, is set out in the Group Management Report
(Risk Report) in HSH Nordbank's Annual Report, supplemented by
the daily monitoring of derivative/issuer exposures in accordance with
MaRisk requirements. As part of the monitoring of trading lines the
potential future exposure on currency, interest rate and commodity
derivatives is recalculated daily for each customer on the basis of a 95 %
quantile and compared to the respective trading limit. The eligible
sums for counterparty credit risk exposures are included in the Bank-
wide economic management, capital allocation and limitation togeth-
er with the other exposures subject to credit risk.
3.3.2. RULES FOR SECURING COLLATERAL AND ESTABLISHING CREDIT RESERVES
In connection with counterparty credit risk exposures
HSH Nordbank uses the rules described below for securing collateral
and establishing credit reserves in accordance with Article 439 sub-
paragraph (b) CRR.
Policies for securing collateral Derivative transactions for hedging interest rate, foreign exchange and
other similar risks are generally concluded with single counterparties
and governed by OTC master agreements, namely either the German
Master Agreement for Financial Derivate Transactions or the interna-
tional Master Agreement of the International Swaps and Derivatives
Association (ISDA) in the 1992 or 2002 versions respectively.
In addition, collateral agreements supplementing a number of master
agreements were concluded, mostly with banks in Germany and
abroad, but also with non-banks in individual instances. This involves
the Credit Support Annex to the German Master Agreement and the
ISDA Credit Support Annex to the ISDA Master Agreement. The
following information applies equally to both Master Agreement types
and the associated collateral agreements.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 27
The collateral agreements include agreements on thresholds which are
unsecured, eligible collateral, other collateral arrangements and the
scope of the collateral agreement. Agreed collateral is generally cash,
plus in several cases as an exception interest-bearing securities from
G10 nations or other EU Member States with good ratings, which
may be received or delivered through (generally daily) margining.
The cash collateral agreed consists of amounts in a convertible and
freely transferable currency (normally euro or US dollar).
The Master Agreements and the collateral agreements are entered in
the Legal Database Information System (LeDIS), in which a daily
review is conducted for each individual derivative transaction as to
eligibility for netting under supervisory law, the inclusion in a collat-
eral agreement as well as the legal basis for use as collateral as to each
individual derivative transaction.
For central clearing of OTC derivatives HSH Nordbank has joined the
London Clearing House (LCH). A Client-clearing-procedure is used
via two renowned client-broker. Moreover, HSH Nordbank has been
authorized as a registered customer for the clearing of OTC deriva-
tives on EUREX.
Policies for value adjustments for counterparty credit risks HSH Nordbank uses the mark-to-market method for determining
counterparty credit risk in accordance with Article 274 CRR.
Derivative financial instruments are accounted for and measured in
accordance with the IFRS rules. More detailed information on the
recognition and measurement inclusive value adjustments for coun-
terparty credit risk is set out in the Group Financial Statements
(Group explanatory notes, Note 8 "Accounting Policies") in
HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
3.3.3. POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO WRONG-WAY RISK
Methods based on internal models pursuant to Articles 276 to 282
CRR are not used. Accordingly, no information according to Arti-
cle 439 subparagraphs (c) and (i) CRR regarding Wrong-Way risk
pursuant to Article 291 CRR and/or the estimate for value α pursuant
to Article 284 CRR is disclosed.
3.3.4. CHANGES IN THE AMOUNT OF COLLATERAL GIVEN A DOWNGRADE IN THE CREDIT RATING
The collateral agreements to these Master Agreements occasionally
include individual clauses which could require the HSH Nordbank to
supply collateral or additional collateral in the event that one of the
external ratings of the Bank is downgraded. As at the reporting date, a
ratings downgrade of one notch by the rating agencies Moody's
and/or Fitch would result in additional collateral of € 25 million to be
disclosed in accordance with Article 439 subparagraph (d) CRR,
which would not materially affect HSH Nordbank’s risk bearing
capacity.
3.3.5. GROSS POSITIVE FAIR VALUE AND NET CREDIT EXPOSURES
The extent to which HSH Nordbank is involved in different contract
types and to what extent netting is used is set out in Table 18 in ac-
cordance with Article 439 subparagraph (e) CRR. Eligible collateral
and net default exposures are also disclosed. Only collateral eligible in
the Standardized Approach for credit risk directly reduces the credit
exposures, whereas collateral disclosed is incorporated in the deter-
mination of LGD under the Advanced IRB Approach (see also Section
3.7.6). Derivatives in connection with securitizations are not shown in
the following table as they are described separately in Chapter 4.
[TAB. 18] NET DERIVATIVES CREDIT EXPOSURE IN € M
Gross positive fair value Netting benefits
Netted credit exposure Collateral held Net credit exposure
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Interest-related contracts 5,381 5,816 – – – –
Currency-related contracts 150 283 – – – –
Shares/index-related contracts 128 104 – – – –
Loan derivatives 41 47 – – – –
Goods-related contracts – 46 – – – –
Other contracts 475 601 – – – –
Total 6,176 6,897 3,659 3,676 2,517 3,221 781 878 1,736 2,343
Parameters for the exposure to counterparty credit risk based on the
approach used (regulatory market assessment approach) are given in
28 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Table 19 in accordance with Article 439 subparagraph (f) CRR. Expo-
sures forming part of securitizations are not shown in the following
table as they are described separately in Chapter 4.
[TAB. 19] COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK IN € M
Exposure value for counterparty credit risk
2016 2015
Mark-to-Market Method 2,936 3,749
3.3.6. CREDIT DERIVATIVES Credit derivatives purchased to hedge the loan portfolio of
HSH Nordbank are shown in accordance with Article 439 subpara-
graph (g) CRR in Table 20. The nominal amount of the hedging with
credit derivatives remained unchanged at zero as at the reporting date.
Default risk exposures are accordingly not broken down by type.
[TAB. 20] NOMINAL VALUE OF CREDIT DERIVATIVES ELIGIBLE FOR COLLATERAL IN € M
Nominal value of collateral
2016 2015
Credit derivatives (secured party) – –
HSH Nordbank acts as both buyer and seller of credit derivatives (see
Table 21 in accordance with Article 439 subparagraph (h) CRR).
There were still no brokerage transactions as at the reporting date.
Positions held as part of securitisation transactions are not included in
the presentation, as they are addressed separately in Chapter 4.
[TAB. 21] NOMINAL VALUES OF CREDIT DERIVATIVES IN € M
Use for own credit portfolio
bought sold Brokerage activity
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Credit Default Swaps 160 171 96 135 – –
Total Return Swaps – – – – – –
Credit Options – – – – – –
Other contracts – – – – – –
Total 160 171 96 135 – –
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 29
3.4. EQUITY HOLDINGS IN THE BANKING BOOK
The regulatory authorities state that equity holdings must be consoli-
dated, deducted from equity or backed with equity capital in the
exposure class Equity holdings. In this context regulatory law consid-
ers equity holding risk to be a sub-class of the counterparty credit risk.
A key objective of the Bank is to wind down the equity holdings not
relevant to the core business. In the reporting year, the equity holding
portfolio has been reduced. A further marginal decrease is to be
expected in the financial year 2017.
The equity holdings from the banking book are explained below.
3.4.1. OBJECTIVES OF EQUITY HOLDINGS The equity holding portfolio of the HSH Nordbank is divided essen-
tially into five sub-portfolios. Each sub-portfolio has a different objec-
tive.
Strategic equity holdings Strategic equity holdings are all those which have a strategic im-
portance for the Group and/or promote the economic interests of the
region.
Equity holdings to support business segments Equity holdings to support business segments are oriented towards
expanding existing customer relationships or creating new ones.
Wind-down equity holdings Wind-down equity holdings are former strategic equity holdings
and/or equity holdings which must be wound-down in light of the
decision of the EU Commission.
Bail-out purchases Bail-out purchases are equity exposures which are entered into as part
of the restructuring of a loan.
Other equity holdings In contrast to the financial accounting regulations all items that con-
tain a subordinated residual claim to the assets or income of the issuer
are classified as equity holding under supervisory law. Equity holdings
which are considered as an equity holding under supervisory aspects
(in accordance with CRR) but mostly are allocated to the item “Shares
and other non-fixed-income securities” (in accordance with IFRS) do
not therefore belong to the divisions described above and instead are
treated as other equity holdings.
Equity holdings contained in investment funds or funds-like certificates HSH Nordbank did not have equity holdings contained in invest-
ments funds or funds-like certificates as at the end of the reporting
year 2015 and 2016.
3.4.2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR EQUITY HOLDINGS
Regular business valuations represent an important instrument for
monitoring and managing equity holding risks in the case of both
strategic and business segment relevant and wind-down equity hold-
ings and bail-out purchases. The processes have been designed to
ensure that the recoverability of all HSH Nordbank’s direct equity
holdings and relevant indirect equity holding are assessed at least once
a year. Significant equity holdings are subject to a detailed assessment
using the relevant standards of the Institute of Public Auditors in
Germany (“Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer”). All other equity holdings
undergo a risk-oriented assessment.
Equity holdings which are allocated to the sub-portfolio “Other equity
holdings” also represent a long-term commitment due to their alloca-
tion to the Bank’s investment portfolio.
Assets disclosed under the position financial investments are generally
classified as AFS under IAS 39. Assets in the AFS category are general-
ly measured initially at fair value. This also applies to the subsequent
measurement of financial investments such as securities that are
normally traded on an exchange. Equity instruments for which there
is no active market and a fair value cannot be determined by other
methods, are recognised at cost in the subsequent measurement by
way of exception.
A permanent diminution in the value of the respective equity holding
in terms of the difference between the carrying amount and fair value
forms the basis for impairment.
3.4.3. OVERVIEW OF EQUITY HOLDINGS IN THE BANKING BOOK
The equity holding portfolio of the banking book of HSH Nordbank
as defined by Article 447 subparagraph (b) and (c) CRR is shown in
Table 22.
30 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 22] VALUATION OF EQUITY HOLDING INSTRUMENTS IN € M
Carrying amount Fair value Stock market value
Equity holding portfolio 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Strategic equity holdings 5 5 5 5 – –
Items traded on the stock exchange – – – – – –
Not listed on the stock exchange but belonging to a sufficiently diversified equity holding portfolio – – – – – –
Other equity holding exposures 5 5 5 5 – –
Business field-related equity holdings 1 1 1 1 – –
Items traded on the stock exchange – – – – – –
Not listed on the stock exchange but belonging to a sufficiently diversified equity holding portfolio – – – – – –
Other equity holding exposures 1 1 1 1 – –
Wind-down equity holdings 134 121 134 121 – –
Items traded on the stock exchange 1 1 1 1 1 1
Not listed on the stock exchange but belonging to a sufficiently diversified equity holding portfolio – – – – – –
Other equity holding exposures 133 120 133 120 – –
Bail-out purchases 0 0 0 0 – –
Items traded on the stock exchange 0 0 0 0 0 0
Not listed on the stock exchange but belonging to a sufficiently diversified equity holding portfolio – – – – – –
Other equity holding exposures 0 0 0 0 – –
Other equity holdings 118 228 118 228 – –
Items traded on the stock exchange 30 17 30 17 30 17
Not listed on the stock exchange but belonging to a sufficiently diversified equity holding portfolio – – – – – –
Other equity holding exposures 87 211 87 211 – –
Total 258 355 258 355 – –
3.4.4. REALISED PROFITS AND LOSSES AND UNREALISED REVALUATION GAINS AND LOSSES FOR EQUITY HOLDINGS
In accordance with Article 447 subparagraph (d) CRR cumulative
realized gains or losses arising from sales and liquidations in the
reporting period are disclosed in Table 23 on the basis of IFRS ac-
counting standards; this also applies to the information as at 31 De-
cember 2015. They do not include any impairment losses on equity
holdings still held in the portfolio. The amount of unrealized revalua-
tion gains (or losses), which represent unrealized gains (or losses) that
are recognized directly in equity but not through profit or loss, is also
shown in accordance with Article 447 subparagraph (e) CRR. It is also
stated whether these are included in the regulatory Common Equity
Tier 1 capital. Latent revaluation gains (or losses) are not disclosed, as
HSH Nordbank applies IFRS accounting standards for determining
capital adequacy and consequently also uses the IFRS accounting
standards for disclosure purposes.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 31
[TAB. 23] REALISED AND UNREALISED GAINS OR LOSSES FROM EQUITY HOLDING INSTRUMENTS IN € M
Unrealized revaluation gains/losses
Realized gains or losses from sales and liquidations Overall
of which amounts included in Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Equity holding exposures 1 17 –20 9 –4 9
Total 1 17 –20 9 –4 9
3.5. INFORMATION ON THE USE OF IRB APPROACH FOR CREDIT RISK: METHODS & RATING SYSTEMS
3.5.1. PERMISSION FROM THE COMPETENT AUTHORITIES TO USE THE IRB APPROACH OR ACCEPTED TRANSITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
HSH Nordbank determines all parameters required to determine the
risk-weighted exposure amount internally, i.e. probability of default
(PD), loss given default (LGD), exposure at default (EaD), credit
conversion factor (CCF) and maturity (M), and hence, complies with
the requirements of the Advanced IRB Approach for credit risks.
HSH Nordbank had already received the necessary permission from
the competent authorities in 2007 to use this approach in accordance
with Article 452 sub-paragraph (a) CRR. The implementation phase
was completed as at 31 December 2012 by achieving the exit threshold
in accordance with Section 10 (3) SolvV.
HSH Nordbank does not currently apply any transitional arrange-
ments with respect to the use of the IRB Approach. Exposure classes,
to which the Standardised Approach for credit risk is permanently
applied, and any relevant exemptions or transitional arrangements for
these exposure classes are presented at appropriate points in the fol-
lowing sections.
An exit threshold of over 92 % is achieved for all coverage ratios of
regulatory relevance - i.e. based on IRBA exposure values pursuant to
Section 11 (1) SolvV and on risk-weighted IRBA exposure values
pursuant to Section 11 (2) SolvV - as at the reporting date at both the
institution, sub-group and holding level.
3.5.2. STRUCTURE OF THE INTERNAL RATING SYSTEMS AND RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL CREDIT ASSESSMENTS
The rating systems for the individual portfolio segments were devel-
oped early on in cooperation with nine Landesbanks (Landesbank
project) based on scorecard and simulation approaches. This coopera-
tion between the Landesbanks led to the founding of RSU Rating
Service Unit GmbH & Co. KG (RSU) in 2003. Since 2004, this com-
pany has assumed responsibility for the methodological maintenance
and development of the rating systems. The individual Landesbanks
provide their expertise in the form of competence or support centers.
Currently, 11 of the rating modules developed by the participating
banks and provided by RSU are used in HSH Nordbank. In addition,
RSU has integrated two rating modules from SR und Risikosysteme
GmbH (SR), a subsidiary of Deutscher Sparkassen- und Giroverband
(DSGV), into the central LB-Rating application. These rating modules
are all rating systems recognized at HSH Nordbank for the purposes
of reporting under CRR.
The structure of the internal rating systems and relationship between
internal and external credit assessments pursuant to Article 452 sub-
paragraph (b) (i) CRR are explained below.
Rating methods The rating systems distinguish between scorecard and cash flow
approaches. The scorecard approach identifies characteristics and
factors that are able to differentiate between good and bad borrowers.
Their validity is first verified with a single factor model. Subsequently,
several characteristics, which each have high significance in a single
factor model, are combined to create a multi-factor model. The scores
determined using the multi-factor model are translated to default
probabilities. A precondition for the application of a scorecard ap-
proach is that a sufficient number of relatively homogeneous borrow-
ers are available.
The cash flow approach simulates cash flows of one asset in various
scenarios. These vary depending on macro-economic and sector-
based conditions. A simulation engine (SimEngine) is used to create
numerous scenarios which differ according to macro-economic con-
ditions. Additionally, sector-based models calculate scenarios for
future changes in sector-related factors such as rents, vacancies or
charter rates. The values are then fed into the calculation of scenarios
for the cash flow of the corresponding asset. Subsequently scenarios
are selected where the borrower must be considered to be defaulting.
The default probability is calculated as a ratio from the number of
scenarios where a default was recorded to the total number of scenari-
os.
Both the scorecard and the cash flow approaches include quantitative
as well as qualitative factors. Once these factors have been taken into
32 HSH NORDBANK 2016
consideration, warning signals and the company background are
examined. There are also override opportunities, allowing ratings to
be moved up to a limited extent and down to an unlimited extent. The
rating result, the local currency rating or LCR, is only finalised once
all these aspects have been taken into consideration. As a result, an
individual PD is obtained for each borrower, enabling assignment to a
specific credit rating class. When measuring borrower risk, the risk of
foreign currency transfer restrictions has to be considered, as well as
default risk.
The rating result is calibrated on a standard rating master scale. This
master scale is the DSGV master scale from which HSH Nordbank
implemented 22 live and 3 default categories. Each rating class on the
rating master scale is assigned a one-year default probability. This
standard rating scale allows for immediate comparison of exiting
ratings separately from the portfolio segment. The scale also includes
mapping of external ratings to the internal categories.
The rating modules and methods used at HSH Nordbank as at the
reporting date for the purposes of reporting under CRR are shown in
Table 24. Capital backing is calculated using the Advanced IRB Ap-
proach.
[TAB. 24] RATING MODULES OF HSH NORDBANK APPROVED BY THE SUPERVISORY AUTHORITIES
Borrower, bearer of economic risk, asset or project
Rating module Rating method
Corporates Corporates Sparkassen-Standard Rating
Scorecard
Real estate Sparkassen-ImmobiliengeschäftsRating Internationale Immobilienfinanzierungen
Cash flow and scorecard
Ships Ship financing Cash flow
Banks, savings banks Banks and DSGV guarantee system Scorecard
Insurance companies Insurance companies Scorecard
International regional authorities International regional authorities Scorecard
Leasing companies, real estate lessees Leasing Scorecard with cash flow component
Projects Project financing Cash flow
Single-airline-financing Aircraft financing Cash flow
LBO financing Leveraged finance Scorecard
Individuals, self-employed, craftsmen, corporate clients
Sparkassen-StandardRating or Sparkassen-ImmobiliengeschäftsRating (depending on the primary origin of capital)
Scorecard or cash flow
States, national authorities Country and transfer risk Scorecard
The Landesbanks participating in the further development of the
RSU-rating systems are divided into competence and support centers
and participants. The competence centre bank assumes a leading role
in the development and maintenance of modules where it can offer
special expertise. It is supported by experts from the support banks.
HSH Nordbank has the main responsibility for the rating modules
ship financing and leveraged finance. HSH Nordbank is also co-
responsible for the modules international real estate financing and
country and transfer risk.
In addition, during the year 2009 the LGD and CCF methodology
developed be HSH Nordbank and approved by supervisory authori-
ties was transferred to RSU. HSH Nordbank now plays the role of
centre of competence for LGD-validation for all rating systems except
aircraft- and project finance.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 33
[TAB. 25] CONNECTION BETWEEN INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL CREDIT ASSESSMENTS
Rating classification by master scale rating
Moody’s S & P Fitch
1(AAAA) - - -
1(AAA) Aaa, Aa1 AAA, AA+ AAA
1(AA+) Aa2, Aa3 AA, AA- AA+, AA
1(AA) A1 A+ AA-
1(AA-) - - -
1(A+) A2 A A+
1(A) A3 A- A
1(A-) - - -
2 Baa1 BBB+ A-
3 Baa2 BBB BBB+
4 Baa3 - BBB
5 - BBB- -
6 Ba1 BB+ BBB-
7 Ba2 BB BB+
8 - - BB
9 Ba3 BB- BB-
10 B1 B+ -
11 - - B+
12 B2 B B
13 - - -
14 B3 B- B-
15 Caa1 – Caa3 CCC+ - C CCC+ - C
16 – 18 Default Rating Default Rating Default Rating
LGD method The LGD calculation method was developed successively by
HSH Nordbank for each rating segment, and is continuously reviewed
and refined in the course of the annual validation process. Since the
transition to the RSU association in 2009, validation has been done
jointly with other Landesbanks. The result are estimation methods for
the determination of the risk of secured and unsecured exposures
under consideration of recovery rates regarding specific collateral and
specific borrowers (proceeds of the assets in bankruptcy). The secured
exposure is not totally free of risk and has a basic risk. LGD calcula-
tion takes into account the current data in the legacy systems.
When determining LGD (overall LGD) three possible default scenari-
os are considered. In addition to winding down, restructuring of the
defaulted commitment is possible. In the best case scenario recovery is
possible. LGD estimation is based on observation of the workout case.
In order to draw up a forecast for the loss ratio, the proceeds of the
sale of collateral (the product of the market value of the collateral asset
and a recovery rate specific to that asset) and proceeds from the bank-
ruptcy estate (the product of non-collateralised exposure and a bor-
rower-specific recovery rate) are used.
Modeling is based on historical losses, which are collected together
with other Landesbanks and analysed using statistical and economet-
ric techniques.
CCF method In contrast to assets on the balance sheet, where future exposure can
be calculated from the loan agreements, receivables from the classic
off-balance-sheet business must have the exposure at default (EaD)
calculated using a credit conversion factor (CCF). The CCF is assessed
annually on a joint basis as part of the RSU association together with
other Landesbanks. For transactions with unlimited future absorption,
different product categories are used.
3.5.3. USE OF INTERNAL ESTIMATES FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN FOR CALCULATING THE RISK-WEIGHTED EXPOSURES UNDER THE IRB APPROACH
HSH Nordbank uses parameters determined internally within the
meaning of Article 452 subparagraph (b) (ii) CRR in many areas of
the Group. For example, all risk parameters EaD, PD, LGD and CCF
are used actively for the overall management of the Bank. The risk
parameters in particular are embedded into risk-adjusted pricing of
loan applications, the procedure to create loan loss provisions as well
as into the profit centre calculation. The rating systems are used with
34 HSH NORDBANK 2016
the corresponding risk parameters in the following steering systems of
the Bank:
– loan approval procedures/determination of competences
– a priori and ex-post calculation of individual transactions
– limit setting
– reporting
– commitment monitoring
– intensified loan management/ restructuring
In addition, the parameters are used for on-going scenario calcula-
tions and in the planning and strategy process.
3.5.4. CONTROL MECHANISMS FOR RATING SYSTEMS
In accordance with Article 452 subparagraph (b) (iv) CRR the control
mechanisms for the rating systems are described below. In particular,
the independence and accountability of the rating systems and review
of these systems are described.
Description of the rating process including independence and accountability The rating process is divided into a creation process and determina-
tion process and is subject to the dual control principle. The determi-
nation of the rating is set by back office processing and control divi-
sions.
The rating guidelines in the Credit Manual specify for all exposure
amounts (except the retail portfolio and risks with total lending less
than € 750,000 per group of connected clients or less than € 75,000 at
business partner level) that internal rating systems recognised under
supervisory law must be used. An individual credit assessment must
be prepared,
– for borrowers, bearers of economic risk, rating issuers (this applies
also to the purchase of receivables without recourse);
– for persons who act exclusively as support in the rating modules;
– as a precondition in order to include specific collateral (e.g. person-
al collateral) provided as a risk reduction to the benefit of
HSH Nordbank.
Each borrower subject to rating is given only one rating for local
currency rating (LCR) and, if need be, foreign currency rating (FCR).
The LCR determines the counterparty default risk without consider-
ing a foreign currency transfer risk. The foreign currency transfer risk
is incorporated when the FCR is determined.
The exact triggers for the rating are also specified in the Credit Manu-
al. Each rating must be updated according to risk aspects – but at the
latest within twelve months – and verified and confirmed by the back
office department. Special risk aspects which require updating before
the end of the 12 month period are specifically:
– significant expansion of the counterparty default risk
– knowledge of significant new risk-related information
– commitments where a currency transfer risk exists if the risk coun-
try migrates to rating class 9 or worse
– defaults and recoveries according default guidelines.
As long as the person or entity to be assessed is classified in a default
class (rating level 16-18), regular re-rating is not necessary. The default
reasons are however to be updated in the rating, if there is a change
within the default rating classes based on new information received.
This does not apply to the rating systems for ship, aviation and project
financings, for which ratings – also in the case of default - are to be
generally updated at least once within 12 months.
The guidelines in the Credit Manual explain the requirements for
creating a rating unit. It sets out when the rating of the legal borrower
is waived as part of the rating and the loan decision process and the
rating of the bearer of economic risk and/or the rating donor is to be
applied instead.
The rating process is regulated in the Credit Manual. In addition the
respective specialised rating manuals are to be observed with the
regard to the specific module requirements.
To ensure comprehensive rating for the exposure for which risk classi-
fication is required by CRR, the Bank has process quality controlling
(PQC).
Rating systems review A validation of all rating modules and of the LGD and CCF models of
HSH Nordbank is performed annually within the meaning of Arti-
cle 144 (1) subparagraph (e) CRR and Article 185 CRR. This includes
the following steps:
– analysis of portfolio and market performance (e.g. description of
the portfolio according to region and relevant customer types)
– analysis of rating distributions
– backtesting (comparison with actual default rates) and/or bench-
marking (comparison with external ratings)
– calibration (verification of the extent of allocated default probabili-
ties)
– examination of selectivity (ability of the rating module to differenti-
ate between good and bad borrowers)
– review of the model structure and design (e.g. significance and
weighting of individual factors and partial models, inclusion of
supporters, analysis of the frequency with which data were over-
written and the reasons for this, inclusion of the transfer risk)
– examination of the application of ratings (e.g. analysis of data quali-
ty, verification of standard application by carrying out duplicate
analyses).
The process of validation involves two steps:
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 35
– The first step involves validation based on the pooled data of all
Landesbanks and/or Landesbanks and savings banks under the lead
management of RSU and/or SR. Data are pooled specifically to cre-
ate the largest possible and hence statistically most significant data-
base. In cooperation with the relevant competence centre and sup-
port centre, RSU performs the validation and, if necessary, the re-
calibration and further development of the modules on the basis of
the pooled data. For the modules of SR, pooling is carried out on
the basis of data from participating savings banks and participating
Landesbanks. Updates are made by SR.
– As the validation is done on the basis of the pooled data, it is neces-
sary to demonstrate that the results can also be applied to
HSH Nordbank. This is done in a second step in cooperation with
RSU and/or SR. In addition further internal analyses to complete
the validation and proof that the rating modules are suitable for use
at HSH Nordbank are performed.
The role of HSH Nordbank during the updating phase on the basis of
the pooled data within the scope of the RSU depends on whether it
has assumed one of the functions of competence and/or support
centre in respect of the module in question.
The LGD and CCF methods are also validated annually jointly with
other Landesbanks, similar to validation of the rating modules.
3.5.5. A DESCRIPTION OF THE INTERNAL RATINGS PROCESS BY EXPOSURE CLASSES
Positions which could not have been rated using a recognised IRBA
rating system but have an internal expert rating are treated as Stand-
ardised Approach for credit risk (Section 3.2.1). The internal valuation
methods applied to exposure classes under the IRB Approach as laid
down in Article 452 subparagraph (c) CRR are as described below.
The IRBA exposures are distributed across the internal rating systems
shown in Section 3.5.2 according to their scope of application. The
scope of application is based on the borrowers, bearers of economic
risk, assets or projects listed in Table 24.
Exposures are assigned to exposure classes irrespective thereof on a
basis of a customer classification key that codes the business partner
according to various attributes.
HSH Nordbank’s definition of a default does not differ from that
contained in Article 178 CRR.
Retail exposures For retail exposures HSH Nordbank only uses the Standardized Ap-
proach for credit risk.
Equity exposures For equity holdings covered by the grandfathering provisions of Arti-
cle 495 (1) CRR, which are given a risk weight of 100 % in Standard-
ized Approach for credit risk, no rating is required under supervisory
law before 31 December 2017. However, ratings are required for
positions entered into since 1 January 2008. The rating systems are
used for these default risks. If none of the rating modules recognized
under supervisory law can be used for an equity holding, the simple
risk weighting method is used, i.e. the risk weight specified in supervi-
sory law is assigned.
3.6. INFORMATION ON THE USE OF IRB APPROACH FOR CREDIT RISK: QUANTITATIVE PART
3.6.1. EXPOSURE VALUES BROKEN DOWN BY EXPOSURE CLASSES AND BY RATING LEVELS UNDER THE IRB APPROACH
The requirements under Article 452 subparagraphs (d), (e) and (j) are
provided in Table 26 to Table 29. HSH Nordbank only uses own
estimates of the LGD and conversion factors to central governments,
central banks, institutions and corporates. Accordingly, separate
disclosure is not made for risk exposures pursuant to Article 452
subparagraph (d) CRR and Article 452 subparagraph (j) (ii) CRR, to
which own estimates of the above-mentioned parameters are not
applied. Securitisation positions are not included in the values listed,
as these are separately disclosed (see Chapter 4). Retail exposures are
also not included, as HSH Nordbank treats these under the Standard-
ized Approach for credit risk; accordingly, information pursuant to
Article 452 subparagraph (f) is not provided. In the case of equity
holdings, only equity holdings under the PD-LGD approach are
shown. The overall long-term equity holding portfolio is described in
more detail in Section 3.4. The exposure value for the other assets
exposure class without obligations as a borrower amounted to
€ 353 million as at the reporting date (previous year: € 386 million).
The rating results determined using the rating modules described
above are calibrated to a standard rating scale, whereby rating classes
16 to 18 represent default classes. The individual rating classes are
summarized in seven Rating ranges for greater clarity. As most of the
receivables have a good rating and there are relatively few receivables
in the poorer rating ranges, the assignment of rating ranges for better
grades has been refined.
The following table shows the exposure values in accordance with Part
Three Title I Chapter 3 Section 5 CRR allowing for credit risk reduc-
tion techniques. It also shows the average probability of default (aver-
age PD), average LGD and average risk weight within a rating range
for the individual exposure classes. All disclosures made in accord-
ance with Article 452 subparagraphs (d) and (e) CRR are based on the
figures in the reports prepared in accordance with Annex I of the
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No. 680/2014 of 16 April
2014 defining the implementation of technical standards with regard
to supervisory reporting of institutions.
As part of the credit risk mitigation the second loss piece is migrated
into the central governments exposure class as a financial guarantee
36 HSH NORDBANK 2016
under the substitution principle. As a result, the figures include the
second loss piece totaling € 7.5 billion of the Sunrise Transaction, but
exclude the first loss piece and senior tranche.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 37
[TAB. 26] AVG. PD, AVG. LGD, AVG. RW AND EXPOSURE VALUES IN € M BY RATING RANGES
IRBA exposure class Avg. PD in % Avg. LGD in % Avg. RW in % Exposure value
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Rating range 1: 1(AAAA) – 1(AA+)
Central governments and central banks 0.0 0.0 22.8 21.6 0.1 0.1 15,004 24,763
Institutions – – – – – – – –
Corporates – – – – – – – –
Equity holding exposures 1) – – – – – – – –
Subtotal – – 22.8 21.6 0.1 0.1 15,004 24,763
Rating range 2: 1(AA) – 1(A-)
Central governments and central banks 0.0 0.0 30.1 28.9 18.3 22.0 396 443
Institutions 0.1 0.0 14.9 17.2 10.1 13.4 4,018 4,436
Corporates 0.1 0.1 27.0 27.7 14.4 15.7 5,359 4,681
Equity holding exposures 1) – – – – – – – –
Subtotal 0.1 0.1 22.2 22.9 12.8 14.9 9,774 9,560
Rating range 3: 2 – 5
Central governments and central banks 0.2 0.1 100.0 97.2 146.3 120.2 136 160
Institutions 0.1 0.2 22.9 21.8 28.2 25.7 1,781 2,164
Corporates 0.2 0.3 32.3 32.2 35.7 39.5 11,425 12,621
Equity holding exposures 1) – – – – – – – –
Subtotal 0.2 0.2 31.7 31.3 35.8 38.3 13,342 14,945
Rating range 4: 6 – 9
Central governments and central banks 0.7 0.9 100.0 100.0 181.0 227.6 0 0
Institutions 1.2 1.3 50.1 31.9 115.4 93.0 8 318
Corporates 1.0 1.0 32.5 31.9 63.3 66.3 7,804 9,946
Equity holding exposures 1) 1.3 2.0 90.0 90.0 283.0 309.6 43 40
Subtotal 1.0 1.0 32.9 32.1 64.6 68.1 7,854 10,304
Rating range 5: 10 – 12
Central governments and central banks 6.7 – 50.0 – 230.1 – 49 –
Institutions – 6.7 – 3.1 – 13.6 – 25
Corporates 4.5 4.8 22.2 17.0 72.0 56.3 988 1,136
Equity holding exposures 1) 4.4 4.4 90.0 90.0 369.5 369.5 2 2
Subtotal 4.6 4.9 23.7 16.8 80.0 56.0 1,039 1,163
Rating range 6: 13 – 15
Central governments and central banks – 10.0 – 50.0 – 261.4 – 54
Institutions – – – – – – – –
Corporates 15.8 14.9 29.8 31.2 141.8 163.0 1,572 712
Equity holding exposures 1) 20.0 15.5 90.0 89.9 559.0 536.4 0 0
Subtotal 15.8 14.6 29.8 32.5 141.8 169.9 1,572 766
Rating range 7:(Default): 16 – 18
Central governments and central banks 100.0 100.0 73.9 73.8 48.8 47.5 0 0
Institutions – 100.0 – 100.0 – 22.0 – 14
Corporates 100.0 100.0 42.9 53.3 49.1 64.1 1,951 1,906
Equity holding exposures 1) 100.0 100.0 93.9 93.8 48.7 47.5 4 14
Subtotal 100.0 100.0 43.0 53.9 49.1 63.7 1,956 1,934
38 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Total (without Default)
Central governments and central banks 0.0 0.0 23.7 22.3 2.6 1.8 15,586 25,420
Institutions 0.1 0.2 17.4 19.2 15.8 20.9 5,807 6,943
Corporates 1.5 1.0 30.8 30.7 46.9 48.5 27,148 29,096
Equity holding exposures 1) 1.5 2.1 90.0 90.0 287.0 312.9 45 42
Total 0.8 0.5 27.0 26.0 29.2 26.2 48,585 61,501
1) Only equity holdings under the PD-LGD approach; with regulatory LGD of 65 % or 90 % and default incl. surcharge for unexpected risks; CCF = 100 %
3.6.2. EXPOSURE-WEIGHTED AVERAGE LGD AND PD FOR EACH RELEVANT GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION
The exposure-weighted average LGD and PD are shown in Table 27
for each geographical area in accordance with Article 452 subpara-
graph (j) (i). Information is provided in accordance with the defini-
tion in Article 452 (3) CRR for the EU Member States Germany,
Greece and Luxembourg, as well as the third countries USA and
Singapore. This relates on the one hand to the countries of domicile of
the debtors included and on the other hand takes into account that
HSH Nordbank is either licensed in these countries or conducts its
business activities there through a branch or subsidiary.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 39
[TAB. 27] AVG. PD, AVG. LGD, AVG. RW AND EXPOSURE VALUE IN € M BY GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION
Avg. PD in % Avg. LGD in % Avg. RW in % Exposure value
IRBA exposure class 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Germany
Central governments and central banks 0.0 0.0 22.1 21.9 0.0 0.0 14,202 13,743
Institutions 0.1 0.1 20.4 22.4 20.2 20.3 2,692 2,982
Corporates 4.9 6.8 34.8 37.2 47.5 55.7 16,213 17,510
Equity holding exposures1 1.9 3.4 90.0 90.0 285.9 309.5 45 43
Subtotal 2.4 3.5 28.3 29.8 25.3 30.6 33,152 34,278
Greece
Central governments and central banks 100.0 100.0 73.9 73.8 48.8 47.5 0 0
Institutions – – – – – – – –
Corporates 17.2 3.3 28.3 11.8 72.3 32.7 185 201
Equity holding exposures1 – – – – – – – –
Subtotal 17.2 3.4 28.3 11.9 72.3 32.7 185 201
Luxembourg
Central governments and central banks – – 20.0 20.0 – – 11 12
Institutions 0.1 0.6 33.3 23.1 8.8 50.1 0 611
Corporates 1.4 1.4 24.7 27.4 37.1 43.8 2,151 1,423
Equity holding exposures1 100.0 100.0 94.0 94.0 50.0 50.0 0 0
Subtotal 1.4 1.2 24.7 26.1 36.9 45.4 2,162 2,046
Singapore
Central governments and central banks – – 20.0 20.0 1.5 1.5 43 285
Institutions – 0.0 – 26.5 – 8.1 – 0
Corporates 14.8 3.8 21.6 17.9 45.3 28.6 567 564
Equity holding exposures1 – – – – – – – –
Subtotal 13.7 2.5 21.5 18.6 42.2 19.5 610 849
USA
Central governments and central banks 0.0 0.0 40.0 40.0 5.2 8.6 76 61
Institutions 0.1 0.1 30.9 30.9 39.5 29.2 0 0
Corporates 1.9 2.9 20.1 18.6 18.7 15.9 1,215 1,748
Equity holding exposures1 – – – – – – – –
Subtotal 1.8 2.8 21.2 19.3 18.0 15.7 1,291 1,809
Total
Central governments and central banks 0.0 0.0 22.2 22.0 0.0 0.1 14,332 14,101
Institutions 0.1 0.2 20.4 22.5 20.2 25.4 2,692 3,592
Corporates 4.8 6.0 32.4 34.3 44.8 50.8 20,330 21,446
Equity holding exposures1 1.9 3.4 90.0 90.0 285.9 309.5 45 43
Total 2.6 3.3 27.7 28.8 26.2 30.5 37,399 39,182
1) Only equity holdings under the PD-LGD approach; with regulatory LGD of 65 % or 90 % and default incl. surcharge for unexpected risks; CCF = 100 %
3.6.3. UNDRAWN LOAN COMMITMENTS AND AVERAGE EXPOSURE VALUES UNDER THE IRB APPROACH
Based on the rating level ranges listed in Section 3.5.6 the assessment
basis for undrawn loan commitments and the average exposure values
weighted by commitment for each exposure class are given in Table 28
in accordance with Article 452 subparagraph (e) (i) and (iii) CRR.
40 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 28] ASSESSMENT BASIS AND AVG. EXPOSURE VALUE IN € M
Central governments and
central banks Institutions Corporates Equity holding
exposures1) Total
IRBA exposure class 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Rating range 1: 1(AAAA) – 1(AA+)
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments 2 2 – – – – – – 2 2
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets 0 0 – – – – – – 0 0
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments 0 0 – – – – – – 0 0
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets 0 0 – – – – – – 0 0
Rating range 2: 1(AA) – 1(A-)
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments – – 1,071 1,066 1,071 1,001 – – 2,141 2,068
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – 25 55 221 121 – – 246 176
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments – – 178 176 26 15 – – 102 98
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – 6 10 7 4 – – 7 6
Rating range 3: 2 – 5
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments – – – 107 3,994 3,694 – – 3,994 3,801
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – 4 68 946 1,042 – – 950 1,110
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments – – – 15 11 11 – – 11 11
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – 2 37 11 11 – – 11 12
Rating range 4: 6 – 9
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments – – – 24 3,444 3,158 – – 3,444 3,182
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – 2 0 534 897 – – 536 897
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments – – – 4 15 11 – – 15 11
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – 0 0 8 13 – – 8 13
Rating range 5: 10 – 12
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments – – – – 105 183 – – 105 183
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – – – 121 16 – – 121 16
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments – – – – 2 21 – – 2 21
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – – – 11 2 – – 11 2
Rating range 6: 13 – 15
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments – – – – 79 32 – – 79 32
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – – – 25 39 – – 25 39
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments – – – – 2 1 – – 2 1
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – – – 2 2 – – 2 2
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 41
Rating range 7 (Default): 16 – 18
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments – – – – 48 60 – – 48 60
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – – – 30 25 – – 30 25
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments – – – – 1 1 – – 1 1
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets – – – – 6 1 – – 6 1
Total
Basis for evaluation of loan commitments 2 2 1,071 1,198 8,740 8,128 – – 9,813 9,328
Basis for evaluation of non-derivative and off-balance assets 0 0 31 124 1,878 2,139 – – 1,908 2,263
Avg. exposure value of loan commitments 0 0 178 158 14 12 – – 32 31
Avg. exposure value of non-derivative and off-balance assets 0 0 5 25 10 11 – – 9 12
1) Only equity holdings under the PD-LGD approach; with regulatory LGD of 65 % or 90 % and default incl. surcharge for unexpected risks; CCF = 100 %
3.6.4. ACTUAL SPECIFIC CREDIT RISK ADJUSTMENTS AND ESTIMATES OF LOSSES (IRB APPROACH)
The actual realised specific credit risk adjustments in the lending
business (actual losses) in the current reporting period, the previous
reporting period as well as changes between the periods are disclosed
in Table 29 in accordance with Article 452 subparagraph (g) CRR.
Table 30 shows a comparison of loss estimates with actual losses in the
lending business in accordance with Article 452 subparagraph (i) CRR.
Loss estimates correspond to the expected loss (EL) after minimisa-
tion of the credit risk. The EL for non-defaulting risk assets in the
traditional lending business is shown (e.g. excluding securities in the
banking book and derivatives). Actual loss is defined as follows:
Utilization of SSLP (for balance sheet transactions)
+ Utilization of reserves (for loan commitments and off-balance sheet
assets)
+ direct write-offs
./. recoveries on receivables written off
= actual loss in the lending business
The actual losses in the lending business (IRB approach) in the report-
ing period decreased from € 491 million to € 318 million compared to
the previous year. The figures in the following tables take into account
the Sunrise transaction. For this reason, EL from this transaction and
actual losses which have been reported to the guarantor for review
and approval or already have been settled are not included in the
figures.
[TAB. 29] ACTUAL LOSSES IN THE LENDING BUSINESS IN € M
Actual loss
Exposure class 2016 2015 Difference
01.01.2016 to
31.12.2016
01.01.2015 to
31.12.2015
Central governments and central banks – – –
Institutions – – –
Corporates 318 491 – 173
Equity holding exposures1) – – –
Total 318 491 – 173
1) Only equity holdings under the PD-LGD approach; with regulatory LGD of 65% or 90% and default incl. surcharge for unexpected risks; CCF = 100%
42 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 30] EXPECTED LOSSES AND ACTUAL LOSSES IN THE LENDING BUSINESS IN € M
2016 2015 2014 2013
Exposure class
Expected loss (EL) as
at 31.12.2016
Actual loss 01.01.2016
to 31.12.2016
Expected loss (EL) as at
31.12.2015
Actual loss 01.01.2015
to 31.12.2015
Expected loss (EL) as at
31.12.2014
Actual loss 01.01.2014
to 31.12.2014
Expected loss (EL) as at
31.12.2013
Actual loss 01.01.2013
to 31.12.2013
Central governments and central banks 2 – 3 – 3 – 3 –
Institutions 0 – 2 – 2 60 1 –
Corporates 90 318 67 491 53 537 59 447
Equity holding exposures1) 0 – 0 – 0 – 1 –
Total 92 318 72 491 58 597 64 447
1) Only equity holdings under the PD-LGD approach; with regulatory LGD of 65 % or 90 % and default incl. surcharge for unexpected risks; CCF = 100 %
3.7. USE OF CREDIT RISK MITIGATION TECHNIQUES
3.7.1. POLICIES AND PROCESSES AS WELL AS THE EXTENT OF ON- AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET NETTING
Banks are able to utilise netting agreements when determining their
required equity capital which lead to a reduction in the evaluation
basis and hence the equity capital required. Policies, processes for and
the extent of on- and off-balance sheet netting are to be disclosed in
accordance with Article 453 subparagraph (a) CRR.
In contrast to balance sheet netting which is not used by
HSH Nordbank, off-balance sheet netting within the framework of
netting agreements for derivatives is applied (see Section 3.3.3). The
market assessment method is used to determine the required net
assessment basis. As at the reporting date HSH Nordbank recorded a
counterparty risk exposure to the amount of approximately € 3 billion
(see Table 19).
3.7.2. PROCESS FOR MANAGING AND RECOGNISING CREDIT RISK MITIGATION
The Collateral Guideline incl. Valuation Guideline as well as the LGD
method issued by the Management Board defines the collateral ap-
proved by HSH Nordbank as recoverable and hence minimising
default risk as well as the qualitative requirements for such collateral.
Hence, it also defines the benchmarks for managing credit risk mitiga-
tion at HSH Nordbank. Disclosure is made in accordance with Arti-
cle 452 subparagraph (b) (iii) CRR. The guidelines are supplemented
by detailed instructions in the process regulations for the lending
business in order to ensure comprehensive collateral management.
The CRR requirements are an integral part of the Collateral Guideline.
Qualitative requirements for collaterals are, first and foremost, legal
enforceability (especially for foreign collateral), an adequate consider-
ation of a correlation between the creditworthiness of the borrower
and the value of the collateral, matching maturities of loan and collat-
eral agreement and the existence of an objective market value.
For these collaterals, the Bank has identified collateral-specific recov-
ery rates based on historical recovery cases, which are used with
recognised collateral in calculating the LGD. The collateral guidelines
establish what assets (e.g. real estate, moveable assets, receivables) and
which collateral instruments (e.g. mortgage, land charge, assignment)
are recognised. In addition, the responsible back office processing and
control department must ensure on a case by case basis that the indi-
vidual collateral and associated collateral agreement meet require-
ments in terms of enforceability and recoverability. In the risk-relevant
lending business, the recoverability of the individual collateral is
reviewed for plausibility as part of the loan decision process.
The decision whether a new asset or new collateral instrument can be
recognised as minimising risk is taken by a team of specialists from
the divisions Credit Risk Management, Group Risk Management and
Legal department.
3.7.3. POLICIES AND PROCESSES FOR COLLATERAL VALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
Valuation and administration of collateral is integrated into the pro-
cess of managing and recognising credit risk reduction techniques in
accordance with Article 453 subparagraph (b) CRR. As the CRR is the
basis for the collateral guidelines, collateral is only treated as reducing
risk for the purpose of calculating capital requirements if all CRR
requirements are satisfied.
For each item of collateral to be offset against risk, an objective market
value is determined. This is done on the basis of HSH Nordbank’s
Valuation Guideline through experts or entities that are independent
of the Market departments of the Bank. The recoverability of an item
of collateral is ensured by recognising it as reducing risk only up to the
specific recovery rate for that collateral. The legal validity and enforce-
ability of the collateral is ensured in the loan and collateral agreements.
DEFAULT RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 43
There is a standard instruction on regular monitoring and revaluation
of collateral. Besides the annual review of collateral, there is a reevalu-
ation of the market value of the individual items of collateral every
three years. The results of the annual monitoring can lead to a direct
revaluation of the individual collateral in individual cases or for a
segment. For individual collateral objects, there is an annual monitor-
ing and reevaluation of the value (e.g. ships). Recognised collateral is
documented and maintained in a central collateral system. This ena-
bles regular reporting to monitor and evaluate collateral. The recover-
ability of and options for realising an item of collateral are regularly
reviewed as part of the regular credit monitoring process, and more
frequently in the event of wide fluctuations in market value.
In the event of permanent impairment of collateral rights, e.g. im-
pairment in value or a change in the legal position, additional collat-
eral is sought and/or a monitoring file may be opened in accordance
with the guidelines for exposure monitoring in order to initiate the
necessary measures. In the event of a borrower’s default, all collateral
and possibly further collateral of a group of connected clients involved
are revalued. All relevant information on an item of collateral is doc-
umented and updated in the IT system. Only collateral which is rec-
ognised as compliant with the guidelines and accordingly maintained
are used in the steering systems of HSH Nordbank.
Back office specialists are available for prompt and competent realisa-
tion of security in the event of a borrower’s default. Experience with
realising security is incorporated into optimising collateral manage-
ment.
3.7.4. MAIN TYPES OF COLLATERAL AS WELL AS INFORMATION ABOUT MARKET OR CREDIT RISK CONCENTRATIONS WITHIN THE CREDIT MITIGATION TAKEN
In principle, HSH Nordbank takes into account all collateral listed in
the CRR (financial collateral, guarantees, physical collateral, other
IRBA collateral) and netting agreements. Due to the portfolio and
customer structure, HSH Nordbank essentially assumes the following
types of collateral within the meaning of Article 453 subparagraph (c)
CRR:
– Real estate and movable assets, e.g. ships, aircraft, railway wagons
– Receivables and rights
– Guarantees.
In addition, securities, shareholder rights, gold and some credit deriv-
atives serve as collateral.
In the above-mentioned collateral types there are concentrations
within the context of credit risk mitigation as described below in
accordance with Article 452 subparagraph (e) CRR as well as instru-
ments for managing these risks.
The proportion of real estate and ships to total collateral amounts to
three quarters. More than a quarter account for the remaining collat-
eral types. Commercial properties in turn account for about four fifths
of the real estate collateral. Ship collateral is dominated by container
ships which account for more than 40%. Other collateral is composed
primarily of cash collateral and guarantees.
Management of cluster risks from eligible collaterals is done for port-
folios at the level of the Bank as a whole, e.g. by reporting and moni-
toring these risks in the MaRisk report to the Risk Committee. In
addition, it is integrated into strategic planning and limiting by adding
a further limit on the collateral typically associated with the business
areas involved to the planning and limiting for typical business area
related collateral (specifically tangible assets e.g. ships).
Collateral can only be taken into account in calculating LGD if its
risk-reducing effect has not been taken into account in establishing a
rating (PD). This means, for example, that a guarantee or assigned
receivable which has already been taken into account in a rating tool
or through the rating of the guarantor as the bearer of economic risk
or third party debtor cannot in addition be netted against risk as
collateral.
3.7.5. GUARANTORS AND CREDIT DERIVATIVE COUNTERPARTY AND THEIR CREDITWORTHINESS
For a guarantee (or credit derivative) to be recognized as reducing risk
there must be a current internal rating for the guarantor comparable
with at least a Fitch or S & P BB- or Moody’s Ba3.
Within HSH Nordbank, the main types of guarantors within the
meaning of Article 453 subparagraph (d) CRR are guarantees by
central governments, German local and regional administrative au-
thorities, banks and parent companies with first class ratings. The
main counterparties for credit derivatives are internationally active
banks.
3.7.6. COLLATERALISED CRSA AND IRBA EXPOSURE VALUES
The two following tables in accordance with Article 453 subparagraph
(f) and (g) CRR show the credit risk reduction techniques for the
Standard Approach for credit risk and Advanced IRBA, broken down
by exposure class. Securitizations are omitted as they are shown sepa-
rately (see Chapter 4). In the case of the Standard Approach for credit
risk, both financial and tangible security and guarantees are taken into
account. Under advanced IRBA financial, tangible and other collateral
is included in LGD calculation. Guarantees and credit derivatives can
be taken into account either in LGD calculation or through PD substi-
tution. Here, the secured part of the receivables is given the guaran-
tor’s PD. However, collateral taken into account in calculating the PD
is not shown here. Life insurance is accounted for in accordance with
Article 232 CRR.
44 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 31] TOTAL AMOUNT OF COLLATERALISED CRSA EXPOSURE VALUES (WITHOUT SECURITISATIONS) IN € M
Financial collateral
Other and physical collateral
Guarantees/ derivatives Life insurance
Exposure class 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Central governments or central banks – – – – – – – –
Regional governments or local authorities – – – – – – – –
Public sector entities 246 248 – – – – – –
Multilateral development banks – – – – – – – –
International organisations – – – – – – – –
Institutions 554 1,234 – – – – – –
Corporates 2 10 – – 27 0 0 0
Retail exposures 0 0 – – 13 0 – 0
Exposures secured by mortgages on immovable property – – 7 14 – – – –
Exposures in default – 0 2 5 – – – –
Exposures associated with particular high risk – – – – – – – –
Covered bonds – – – – – – – –
Exposures to institutions and corporates with a short-term credit assessment – – – – – – – –
Units or shares in collective investment undertakings – – – – – – – –
Equity holdings – – – – – – – –
Total 802 1,492 9 19 40 0 0 0
[TAB. 32] TOTAL AMOUNT OF COLLATERALISED IRBA EXPOSURE VALUES (WITHOUT SECURITISATIONS) IN € M
Financial collateral
Other and physical collateral Guarantees/ derivatives Life insurance
Exposure class 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
Central governments and central banks – – – – – – – –
Institutions 613 712 – 423 107 122 – –
Corporates 1,005 1,538 10,656 10,901 801 549 11 8
Retail exposures – – – – – – – –
Other non credit-obligation assets – – – – – – – –
Equity holdings – – – – – – – –
including: equity exposures using the simple risk weight approach – – – – – – – –
including: equity exposures using the PD-LGD approach – – – – – – – –
including: equity exposures using internal models – – – – – – – –
Total 1,618 2,250 10,656 11,324 908 671 11 8
SECURITISATIONS DISCLOSURE REPORT 45
4.1. NATURE AND EXTENT OF SECURITISATION ACTIVITIES AND RISKS INVOLVED
4.1.1. OBJECTIVES, ROLLES AND EXTENT OF SECURITISATION ACTIVITIES
Securitisations are an important instrument for banks in refinancing,
capital relief and risk management. Companies in the financial sector
can play different roles in a securitisation transaction, transferring
credit risk themselves as originators, managing the portfolio to be
securitised as sponsors in the function of servicers respectively man-
agers, or acquiring securities from the securitisation as investors.
HSH Nordbank is involved in various activities which have securitisa-
tion structures. In this process, HSH Nordbank can take on the roles
of originator, investor and sponsor. Thereby, HSH Nordbank per-
forms one or more of the four roles mentioned on a case-by-case basis.
Securitisation transactions in which HSH Nordbank acts as originator
are used for risk management as well as to obtain liquidity. Overall
risk is managed through strategic sales of selected receivables (tradi-
tional or true sale securitisation) by eliminating or reducing cluster
risk. Furthermore, HSH Nordbank in its role as originator performs
advisory and administrative functions amongst other things for the
special purpose vehicles Carrera as well as tasks concerning the asset
liability control in the function of a manager and also provides credit
lines for this entity. In the reporting period, the new securitisation of
corporate loans Horizon was completed. HSH Nordbank acts as
originator in this transaction.
In addition, HSH Nordbank acted as investor in securitisations spon-
sored by third parties by investing in tranches of securitisations issued
by third parties (e.g. residential mortgage backed securities , commer-
cial mortgage backed securities, collateralised debt obligations). As
part of a strategic reorientation HSH Nordbank enters into any new
business in this business field operated as credit substitution business
only in exceptional cases.
HSH Nordbank assumes the role of sponsor in order to satisfy the
demand for financing alternatives in the small- and medium-sized
customer segment.
As part of its securitisation program HSH Nordbank assumes the role
of sponsor for the special purpose vehicle, Smartfact. HSH Nordbank
undertakes activities of an advisory and administrative nature in this
connection and acts as an intermediary for the receivables purchased
by Smartfact. Furthermore, HSH Nordbank supports the special
purpose vehicle through the provision of funding required for the
purchase by means of a credit line or bearer debenture respectively.
In calculating the exposure values in this chapter, credit risk minimi-
sation techniques involving substitution are generally ignored. There-
fore, the exposure values include the second loss piece of the Sunrise
Transaction. After the deduction of losses as at 31 December 2016
there remains an amount of € 7.5 billion of the initial € 10 billion
second loss piece. Taking into account the at the reporting date not yet
deducted losses the unutilized guarantee amounts to € 6.1 billion.
In the course of credit risk minimisation, the second loss piece as a
financial guarantee is substituted in the IRBA exposure class Central
governments. This guarantee is presented in Table 40.
The securitised portfolio which underlies the Sunrise Transaction
includes foreign currency positions with a share of around 59 % in the
total portfolio. This means that there is a mismatch in currencies
between the guarantee in Euro and part of the hedged portfolio. The
currency fluctuation factor is been applied to the entire Sunrise Trans-
action in accordance with Article 223 (1) sentence 2 CRR and the
second loss piece is measured based on the nominal value of the
guarantee. As at the reporting date the Sunrise Transaction has an
exposure value of € 30.3 billion. This is divided into the senior tranche
(€ 24.2 billion) and the second loss piece (€ 6.1 billion). Furthermore,
HSH Nordbank separates a virtually existing sub-senior tranche of €
0.6 billion from the senior tranche as an option pursuant to Arti-
cle 266 (1) and (3) CRR.
Overall, the CRSA and IRBA exposure value of all securitisation
positions retained or sold by HSH Nordbank (including Sunrise) as at
the reporting date total € 33.8 billion. Receivables securitised where
the Bank acts as originator account for the largest proportion at
€ 33.3 billion, whereas the share of receivables securitised where the
Bank is the investor and sponsor amounts to € 0.4 billion, respectively.
HSH Nordbank held no securitisations in its trading book as at the
reporting date.
4.1.2. TYPES AND EXTENT OF RISKS
Credit risk HSH Nordbank's securitisation transactions are subject to the credit
monitoring processes (in addition to market risk monitoring by
Group Risk Management) with regard to their credit risks (change in
performance and composition of the underlying transactions). By far
the largest share of securitisation transactions are found within di-
vestment portfolio of BU Treasury & Markets. The external service
provider BlackRock, Inc (“BlackRock”) supports the responsible
business units in performing the credit analysis of the positions.
BlackRock acts as the supplier for monitoring required documenta-
tion and models the intrinsic values of the individual positions. The
documents made available by BlackRock are reviewed and subject to
quality assurance in the subsequent process. Finally, decisions are
made with respect to the completed monitoring forms on the basis of
the dual control principle pursuant to loan competences which have
been fixed and which have been published in the Credit Manual.
For purposes of calculating intrinsic values, the cash flow structure of
the underlying assets is first modeled and then applied to the contrac-
4. SECURITISATIONS
46 HSH NORDBANK 2016
tual payment system of the securitisation transactions. These values
are calculated quarterly.
The process described for credit monitoring is likewise suitable for re-
securitisations and securitisations, which is why no further differen-
tiation is made. By means of regularly updating repayment cash flows
and on-going loan monitoring, changes in value of the underlying
receivables are generally reflected directly in the value of the securiti-
sation positions.
Market risk HSH Nordbank’s securitisation transactions are subject to market risk
monitoring with regard to their interest rate risks (changes in interest
rates and credit spreads) and foreign exchange risks. The same applies
in the case of the small number of HSH Nordbank’s own securitisa-
tions in the BU Treasury & Markets. The repayment structure of the
securitisation transactions taking into account termination rights is
first modeled for purposes of determining market risks. Interest rate
and foreign exchange risks are then calculated using the same method
applicable to all trading transactions after taking into account hedge
transactions. The credit spread risks are determined on the basis of
credit spread curves which are purchased from providers of market
data and which are broken down by asset class, rating class and coun-
try.
The process described for market risk monitoring is likewise suitable
for re-securitisations and securitisations, which is why no further
differentiation is made. By means of regularly updating repayment
cash flows and credit spread curves, changes in value of underlying
receivables are generally reflected directly in the value of the securiti-
sation positions to the extent there are no other hedge relationships.
Liquidity risk The following distinction is made for purposes of liquidity risk moni-
toring in relation to securitisations:
– Accounting-related liquidity risks may arise in the form of time lags
(mismatch) between incoming and outgoing cash flows.
– Market-related liquidity risks may arise, for example in cases where
issued bonds cannot be fully placed on the market or where price
losses are realised on the liquidation of assets.
Accounting-related liquidity risks are avoided by coordinating the
fixed / determinable payments over the course of the transactions. If
this cannot be accomplished (e.g. via short-term refinancing via asset
backed commercial paper (ABCP) programs), the market-related
liquidity risks are hedged via liquidity facilities.
Risks due to the ranking of re-securitised receivables The synthetic securitisation transaction Sunrise meets the require-
ments for classification as a re-securitisation as the reference portfolio
underlying the transaction comprises some securitization transactions.
The primary securitisation transactions underlying the Sunrise trans-
action mainly involve securitisations of corporate financings in Eu-
rope and the US, of student loans in the US and residential and com-
mercial property in Europe and the US which are allocated to the
divestment portfolio.
HSH Nordbank has invested primarily in senior and/or high-ranked
tranches of securitisations. The underlying assets likewise consist
primarily of senior loans.
For example, the student loans in the US are largely backed by gov-
ernment guarantee of at least 97 %. In the case of the residential prop-
erties in the US, investments were made almost exclusively, and in the
case of European residential properties a significant but not predomi-
nant share, in loans which are characterised by borrowers with low
creditworthiness.
In addition, there are small re-securitisation portfolios including the
first loss tranche of the Carrera transaction.
Furthermore, HSH Nordbank holds re-securitisation positions as an
investor which is not secured under Sunrise.
4.2. RISK WEIGHTING AND ACCOUNTING OF SECURITISATION TRANSACTIONS
Determination of risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation transactions The methods to be used in calculating the regulatory capital for secu-
ritisation positions are stated in the CRR. Under the IRB securitisation
rules, HSH Nordbank uses the ratings-based approach in accordance
with Article 261 CRR, if credit assessments by external providers are
available in the market. The Bank uses the external ratings from S&P,
Moody’s or Fitch. For securities positions which do not have an eligi-
ble external rating HSH Nordbank partially applies the alternative
approaches established in (Article 253 CRR for CRSA securitisation
positions and Article 259 (1) subparagraphs (b) and (c) CRR for IRBA
securitisation positions).
In accordance with Article 266 (3) CRR, there is the option for CRSA
or IRBA securitisation positions for which a risk weight of 1,250 % has
been calculated of making a capital deduction or applying this risk
weight to determine the total counterparty risk capital charge. In the
context of the Sunrise Transaction this option is particularly im-
portant for the treatment of the first loss piece and calculating capital
ratios. From 31 December 2016 on HSH Nordbank deducts the sub-
senior tranche from CET1 in compliance with the option pursuant to
Article 266 (3) CRR. An internal measurement approach for securiti-
sations pursuant to Part 3 Title Two Chapter 5 (3) CRR is currently
not used by HSH Nordbank. Accordingly, no information is disclosed
with regard to Article 449 subparagraph (l) CRR.
The Carrera transaction is a re-securitisation. A look through at the
pool assets is carried out.
SECURITISATIONS DISCLOSURE REPORT 47
By the securitization transactions named Ocean Funding, Stratus and
Castellum, no significant and effective transfer of risk under Arti-
cle 243 CRR is achieved and there is consequently no reduction in
capital requirements. A look-through to the pool assets was per-
formed. The goal of the transactions is to generate collateral objects
eligible for refinancing with the European Central Bank and/or the
generation of liquidity.
The securitisation Promise – shown in Table 33 in 2015 - was termi-
nated. The securitisation activity Horizon is new.
[TAB. 33] DETERMINATION OF RISK-WEIGHTED EXPOSURE FOR RECEIVABLES SECURITISED AS ORIGINATORS
Securitisation activity Type of securitisation Approach Procedure to determine the risk-weighted exposure amounts
Carrera (ABCP-Programme)1) Traditional securitisation IRBA Ratings Based Method (Article 261 CRR)
Castellum Traditional securitisation IRBA Backing of pool assets
Horizon Synthetic securitisation IRBA Formula approach under supervisory law (Article 262 CRR)
Nausola2) Synthetic securitisation IRBA Formula approach under supervisory law (Article 262 CRR)
Neptora2) Synthetic securitisation IRBA Formula approach under supervisory law (Article 262 CRR)
Ocean Traditional securitisation IRBA Backing of pool assets
Stratus Traditional securitisation IRBA Backing of pool assets
Sunrise Synthetic securitisation IRBA Formula approach under supervisory law (Article 262 CRR)
1) Fully hedged as part of the Sunrise transaction 2) Partly hedged as part of the Sunrise transaction
Accounting policies for securitisation activities
Accounting methods Acquired securitisation positions which meet the definition of securi-
ties in the German Ordinance on the Accounting System for Banks
(RechKredV) are recognised and measured in accordance with the
standard methods for securities.
Primary receivables of HSH Nordbank which the Bank allocates to
securitisations without a significant transfer of risk or with regard to
which a transfer is made to Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV) still in-
cluded in the consolidated financial statements, continue to be report-
ed under the original exposure class. Assumption of risks by third
parties is taken into account as collateral when calculating impair-
ments. If the risk has not been transferred through securitisation or if
the guarantee is impaired, the receivable is written down.
Receivables transferred under securitisations are shown as disposals in
the balance sheet.
Sales proceed from reference assets (e.g. loans, promissory notes,
securities) which are a component of a securitisation are accounted
for corresponding to the balance sheet item of the reference asset. In
this manner, sales proceeds are accounted for independent of their
inclusion in a securitisation.
Financial backing for securitisation transactions is provided in the
form of liquidity facilities or guarantees. In the event a draw down is
likely, the risk is covered by creating a provision for contingent losses.
Table 34 illustrates the treatment under supervisory law and the corre-
sponding accounting treatment with regard to a true sale disposal.
[TAB. 34] ACCOUNTING POLICIES FOR RECEIVABLES SECURITISED AS ORIGINATORS
Treatment under supervisory law Treatment under financial accounting
Securitisation transaction True-Sale: Yes/No Approach True Sale Disposal: Yes/No
Carrera (ABCP programme)1) - IRBA -
Castellum Yes - No
Horizon No IRBA -
Nausola2) No IRBA -
Neptora2) No IRBA -
Ocean Yes IRBA No
Stratus Yes IRBA No
Sunrise No IRBA -
1) Fully hedged as part of the Sunrise transaction. 2) Partly hedged as part of the Sunrise transaction
48 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Valuation methods The fair value of securitisation transactions booked to the Restructur-
ing Unit is calculated at least on a monthly basis using market prices.
However, because the securitisation portfolio is almost exclusively
classified as “Loans and receivables,” amortised cost is used for ac-
counting purposes whereas the fair value is merely used in general for
purposes of the explanatory notes to the statement of financial posi-
tion. In the event loan loss provision would be needed, write-downs
are performed to the fair value of the securitisation.
Various market data providers and quotes from other market partici-
pants are used as sources of data. Models are used in cases where no
valid market data is available. If price information is available from
several providers, a procedure for selecting a valid market price is
applied. For quality assurance purposes, all valuation results are vali-
dated by experts.
In addition, HSH Nordbank holds a small number of shares in own
securitisations. Valuation of such holdings is generally performed on
the basis of spread curves.
ECAI used for securitisation The securitisations issued by the HSH Nordbank in the market are
rated externally on a regular basis. The rating agencies used and the
type of receivables underlying the securitisation portfolio are shown in
Table 35 in accordance with Article 449 subparagraph (k) CRR. The
rating agencies used for investment in third party securitisation trans-
actions are shown in Table 16.
[TAB. 35] SECURITISATION TRANSACTIONS INITIATED BY HSH NORDBANK
Securitisation transaction Type of securitisation Type of receivable Rating agency
Carrera (ABCP program)1) Traditional securitisation ABS Moody’s
1) Fully hedged as part of the Sunrise transaction.
4.3. EXPOSURE VALUES AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITISED RECEIVABLES
Exposure values of securitised receivables For securitisations, a distinction must be made between securitisa-
tions with transfer of receivables (traditional or true sale securitisa-
tions) and securitisations without transfer of receivables (synthetic
securitisations). Depending on the nature of the securitised receiva-
bles, securitisations are also allocated to different product classes,
which have the characteristics of specific receivables.
In accordance with Article 449 subparagraph (n) (i) CRR, Table 36
shows the exposure value at the reporting date of the securitised
receivables at HSH Nordbank, broken down by securitisation transac-
tion with or without transfer of receivables and the nature of the
securitised receivables. In connection with Article 449 subparagraph (i)
CRR the sponsor exposures of € 315 million comprise on- and off-
balance sheet exposures of € 203 million and € 112 million, respective-
ly.
SECURITISATIONS DISCLOSURE REPORT 49
[TAB. 36] EXPOSURE VALUES OF SECURITISED RECEIVABLES IN € M
Exposure value
Originators Sponsors
Securitisation portfolio 2016 2015 2016 2015
Traditional securitisations
Real estate – – – –
Ships – – – –
Retail banking – – 315 311
ABS – – – –
Other – – – –
Subtotal – – 315 311
Synthetic securitisations
Real estate – – – –
Ships 0 29 – –
Retail banking – – – –
Corporates 3,011 – – –
ABS – – – –
Other – – – –
Sunrise 30,296 44,566 – –
Subtotal 33,307 44,595 – –
Total 33,307 44,595 315 311
Exposure values of retained or purchased securitisation positions In accordance with Article 449 subparagraph (n) (ii), Table 37 shows a
list of the securitisation positions held by the Bank. This includes
retained tranches from the Bank’s own securitisation transactions (e.g.
for the purpose of credit enhancement), liquidity facilities provided by
the Bank for securitisation transactions and investments in third party
securitisation transactions. The reduction in the exposure value of the
Sunrise securitisation results from sales and principal repayments.
[TAB. 37] EXPOSURE VALUES OF RETAINED OR PURCHASED SECURITISATION POSITIONS IN € M
CRSA exposure value IRBA exposure value
Securitisation items 2016 2015 2016 2015
Balance-sheet items
Credit Enhancements1) – – – –
Participations in ABS transactions 28 62 99 100
Other balance-sheet items 321 318 3,011 29
Sunrise – – 30,296 44,566
Subtotal 349 380 33,406 44,695
Off-balance sheet items
Liquidity facilities – – – –
Derivatives – – – –
Other off-balance sheet items – – – –
Subtotal – – – –
Total 349 380 33,406 44,695
1) Measures to improve credit quality
50 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Risk weight ranges and exposure values of securitisations In accordance with Article 449 subparagraph (o) (i) CRR, Table 38
shows the Bank’s individual securitisation positions (see Table 37)
allocated to risk weight ranges, and the resulting capital requirements.
As at the reporting date, all securitisation positions held by
HSH Nordbank as an investor and which would be risk weighted with
1,250 % are deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital. This is
equivalent to exercising the option pursuant to Article 266 (3) CRR.
The Sunrise transaction is treated accordingly.
Changes in the securitisation positions are attributable to sales and
repayments, especially in the Sunrise portfolio. In addition, the Sun-
rise Transaction is classified as re-securitisation transaction since 31
December 2011 and hence a minimum risk weight of 20 % has to be
applied. The risk weight of the senior tranche determined in accord-
ance with Article 262 CRR was 24 % as at the reporting date.
[TAB. 38] EXPOSURE VALUES AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RETAINED OR PURCHASED SECURITISATION ITEMS ACC. TO RISK
WEIGHT RANGES IN € M
Securitised items retained/ purchased
Exposure value1 Capital requirements
Securitisation
Re-securitisation Total Securitisation
Re-securitisation Total
Risk weight range in % 2016 2016 2016 2015 2016 2016 2016 2015
CRSA
0 ≤ 10 – – – – – – – –
> 10 ≤ 20 320 – 320 316 5 – 5 5
> 20 ≤ 50 – – – – – – – –
> 50 ≤ 100 – – – 1 – – – 0
> 100 ≤ 350 8 – 8 1 2 – 2 0
> 350 ≤ 650 – – – – – – – –
> 650 < 1.250 – – – – – – – –
1.250 or capital deduction 18 2 21 61 18 2 21 61
Total CRSA 346 2 349 379 25 2 28 66
IRBA
0 ≤ 10 2,981 6,113 9,094 10,000 15 – 15 –
> 10 ≤ 20 – – – 34,566 – – – 528
> 20 ≤ 50 0 23,549 23,549 29 0 449 449 1
> 50 ≤ 100 – – – – – – – –
> 100 ≤ 350 59 – 59 54 14 – 14 12
> 350 ≤ 650 – – – – – – – –
> 650 < 1.250 – – – – – – – –
1.250 or capital deduction 65 638 704 46 40 637 678 20
Total IRBA 3,105 30,300 33,406 44,695 69 1,086 1,156 561
Total 3,451 30,302 33,755 45,074 94 1,088 1,184 627
1) Exposure values and capital requirements for retained or purchased securitisation items acc. to risk weight ranges in € m
SECURITISATIONS DISCLOSURE REPORT 51
Securitisation positions to be deducted from own funds or to be taken into account with a risk weight of 1,250 %
Consistent with Article 449 subparagraph (n) (v) CRR, Table 39 pre-
sents the total of securitisation positions to be deducted from own
funds or to be taken into account with a risk weight of 1,250 %.
[TAB. 39] SECURITISATION POSITIONS TO BE DEDUCTED FROM OWN FUNDS OR TO BE TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT WITH A RISK
WEIGHT OF 1,250 % IN € M
Exposure value1)
Securitisation portfolio 2016 2015
Real estate 20 69
Ships – –
Retail banking – –
ABS 6 6
Other 33 33
Sunrise 634 1,551
Total 693 1,659
1) Prior to exercise of the election under Article 266 (1) and (2) CRR
Hedge transactions Consistent with Article 449 subparagraph (o) (ii) CRR, hedge transac-
tions related to re-securitisations are presented in Table 40. In doing so,
as part of credit risk minimisation, the secondary loss tranche is sub-
stituted as a financial guarantee contract in the IRBA exposure class
Central governments. At the reporting date there are no hedge trans-
actions relating to other securitised positions in accordance with
Article 449 subparagraph (g) CRR and none are planned.
[TAB. 40] RE-SECURITISATION RELATED HEDGE TRANSACTIONS IN € M
Exposure value
2016 2015
Re-securitisation positions prior to hedge 30,302 44,577
Hedge via guarantee 6,113 10,000
Of which: guarantors with ratings AAAA through A 6,113 10,000
Of which: guarantors with s rating below A – –
Hedging using other collateral – –
Re-securitisation positions post-hedge 24,189 34,577
Securitised trading book risk positions The values depicted in Table 41 in accordance with Article 449 sub-
paragraph (q) CRR represent securitised trading book positions
which were taken into account as trading book risk positions for
purposes of measuring required regulatory capital. These positions are
securitised exclusively under Sunrise.
52 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 41] SECURITISED TRADING BOOK RISK POSITIONS IN € M
Exposure value
Traditional securitisation Synthetic securitisation
Securitisation portfolio 2016 2015 2016 2015
Real estate – – – –
Ships – – – –
Retail banking – – – –
ABS – – – –
Other – – – –
Sunrise – – – –
Total – – – –
Impaired and past due securitisations and actual losses In accordance with Article 449 subparagraph (p) CRR, Table 42 shows
those parts of securitised receivables which are non-performing or in
default and the actual losses in the period under review. The securiti-
sation positions shown are those for which HSH Nordbank acts as
originator. To ensure comparability of data, the definitions of receiva-
bles and actual losses are based on those for general recognition of
non-performing and past due receivables (see Section 3.1.2) and
actual losses (see Section 3.6.4).
[TAB. 42] IMPAIRED AND PAST DUE SECURITISATIONS, ACTUAL LOSSES ON SECURITISED RECEIVABLES IN € M
Total impaired or past due1) Actual losses
Securitisation portfolio 2016 2015 01.01.2016 to
31.12.2016 01.01.2015 to
31.12.2015
Real estate – – – –
Ships – – – –
Retail banking – – – –
ABS – – – –
Other – – – –
Sunrise2) 10,642 15,100 3,823 541
Total 10,642 15,100 3,823 541
1) Total impaired securitisations (needing value adjustment) or past due securitisations (not needing value adjustment) 2) The actual losses in the Sunrise transaction are loss allocations under the guarantee which have already been reported to the guarantor for review and approval or have already been settled.
4.4. SECURITISATION ACTIVITIES IN THE REPORTING YEAR AND IMPORTANT CHANGES
Securitisation activities in the reporting year In the reporting year, HSH Nordbank newly organised the synthetic
securitisation transaction Horizon and administrated the transactions
Ocean Funding, Castellum and Stratus.
Synthetic securitisation transaction In the fourth quarter of 2016, largely for capital management reasons,
HSH Nordbank AG securitized loan receivables from the Corporate
Clients and Real Estate Clients areas accounting for a volume of € 3
billion in total. These are solely non-sunrise assets, which are not part
of the sunrise guarantee. By way of a financial guarantee, this involves
the transfer of the default risk associated with a mezzanine tranche
(with an initial amount of € 235 million) to an unconsolidated struc-
tured entity in Luxembourg (Horizon 2016 S.A.), which has, in turn,
passed the default risk on to an investor. The financial resources that
the investor received from the structured entity were deposited as cash
collateral for the guarantee at HSH Nordbank AG.
HSH Nordbank AG in turn provides the structured entity with securi-
ties as collateral for this cash deposit.
A vertical tranche approach is used in accordance with Art. 405 (1a)
CRR. This means that loan receivables are included in the reference
portfolio at a maximum of 95 % of their nominal value. The resulting
first loss piece of at least 5 % is not treated as an additional retained
tranche, but rather as unsecuritized outside of the Horizon transaction
SECURITISATIONS DISCLOSURE REPORT 53
and as ranking pari passu with the securitized share regarding the
allocation of losses.
The use of the financial guarantee allows the risk weighting of the
secured loan portfolio to be reduced. This allows the two following
objectives to be achieved:
– Risk management (reduction of credit risks in the portfolio)
– Relief on equity capital (reduction in regulatory equity capital
requirements)
HSH Nordbank AG pays an annual premium on the respective out-
standing mezzanine tranche. The premium to be paid in each case is
determined primarily by the extent to which the guarantee has actual-
ly been utilized. The premium is recognized through profit or loss in
commission expense. In 2017, the Bank expects to incur premium
expense totaling a maximum of around € 26 million. The contractual
term of the guarantee is 9 years.
As long as and insofar as the cash drawdown of the guarantee is not
yet made through the invoicing of losses that in total exceed the first
loss piece to be borne by HSH Nordbank AG (on the securitized
portfolio) in an initial amount of € 30 million (the aforementioned
first loss piece comprises a first loss tranche of € 22.5 million and an
initial excess spread, i.e. a loss buffer to be determined on an annual
basis, of € 7.5 million), then there is no claim for compensation
against the guarantor that is eligible for capitalization. Against this
background the hedging effect of the financial guarantee recognized
in the balance sheet is accounted for on a net basis. The Bank initially
determines specific and general loan loss provisions without taking
the hedging effect of the financial guarantee into account and then
records the hedging effect (if the first loss piece is exceeded by the
specific and general loan loss provisions) on the face of the balance
sheet through the use of a compensation item, which reduces the
amount recognized under loan loss provisions in the lending business
in the balance sheet accordingly.
The specific and general loan loss provisions recognized are not
changed by the accounting applied to the hedging effect. At the end of
the year, no compensation item was recognized because the specific
and general loan loss provisions did not exceed the initial first loss
piece of € 30 million. The maximum possible hedging/compensation
effect of the guarantee is limited to the volume of the mezzanine
tranche in the amount of € 235 million.
Significant changes to quantitative disclosures Under Article 449 subparagraph (m) CRR significant changes to
quantitative disclosures since the last reporting period are to be ex-
plained. The significant changes since the last reporting period are
mainly attributable to the Sunrise transaction. There were also chang-
es affecting sponsor as well as investment positions.
The reduction in the exposure value of the senior tranche is attributa-
ble to the reduction in the high risk legacy portfolios in the Restruc-
turing Unit. Furthermore, the increases in the loan loss provisions and
losses invoiced had an impact on the quantitative information.
The increase in the exposure values calculated under the Standardised
Approach for credit risk for securitised transactions where the Bank
acts as sponsor is attributable to the increase in the credit lines granted
for the Smartfact special purpose entity. Despite the offsetting net
reduction in investments in securitisations sponsored by third parties
the exposure values under the CRSA increased in total as a result.
Planned securitisation activities According to the business plan for the year 2017, no securitisation
transactions for purposes of a reduction in capital requirements are
planned at present.
54 HSH NORDBANK 2016
5.1. MARKET RISK AND INTEREST RATE RISK
Definition Market risk represents the potential loss that can arise as a result of
adverse changes in market values on positions held in the trading and
banking book. Market movements relevant to the Bank are changes in
interest rates and credit spreads (interest rate risk), exchange rates
(foreign exchange risk), stock prices, indices and fund prices (equity
risk) as well as until the end of 2016 commodity prices (commodity
risk) including their volatilities.
Risk management objectives and policies The risk management objectives and policies for operational risk
pursuant to Article 435 (1) CRR are described in the information
provided in the Group Management Report (Risk Report) in
HSH Nordbank's Annual Report.
Capital requirements HSH Nordbank uses standardised methods for determining capital
requirements for market risk for regulatory purposes in accordance
with Part Three Title IV Chapters 2 to 4. An internal risk model as
defined in Part Three Title IV Chapter 5 CRR is not used and a corre-
lation trading portfolio is not maintained.
Capital requirements as at the reporting date resulting from trading
book activities are shown in Table 43 in accordance with Article 445
sentence 1 CRR. Capital requirements are not determined for the
specific interest rate risk on securitised positions, as these are solely
held in the banking book. There are no capital requirements for large
exposures pursuant to Article 92 (3) subparagraph (b) (ii) CRR and
for settlement risk pursuant to Article 92 (3) subparagraph (c) (ii)
CRR as at the reporting date.
During the reporting period, the interest rate risk has decreased from
€ 114 million to € 78 million. In the same period, the foreign exchange
risk has also decreased from € 559 million to € 177 million. The main
reasons for these changes are primarily non-performing loans mainly
denominated in US$ to the hsh portfoliomanagement AöR (Länder)
as at 30 June 2016, as well as the changed consideration of foreign
currency risk from exposures of the sunrise portfolio. Changes in
option risk and interest rate movements also had an effect on market
values of derivatives.
[TAB. 43] CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MARKET RISK IN € M
Market risk 2016 2015
Interest rate risk 78 114
Including a partial weighting for general price risk 65 94
Including a partial weighting for specific price risk 4 7
Equity price risk 0 5
Foreign-exchange risk 177 559
Commodities risk – –
Settlement risk – –
Large exposure risk – –
Total 255 678
Interest rate risk on positions not held in the trading book Management of the interest rate risk in the banking book is part of
market risk management. Interest rate risk is the potential loss of an
open interest rate position as a result of a possible change in market or
net present value of a stream of payments due to a potential change in
yields or discount factors. Discount factors are taken from the corre-
sponding interest rate curve. For single name bonds and Credit De-
fault Swaps (CDS) credit spreads are also taken into account.
The interest rate risk in the banking book is modeled from the strate-
gic holdings in the HSH Nordbank bank book. There is no modeling
of early loan repayments due to special repayment or termination
rights or investor behavior with deposits from customers. Where
loans are agreed with optional components, existing termination
rights are reported by the front office to Treasury & Markets for entry
in the trading system. Risk measurement and stress testing are done
by the unit Group Risk Management based on the transactions en-
tered in the trading and inventory systems.
The interest rate risk for the bank book arising out of the Bank’s client
business is additionally managed by the business unit Treasury &
Markets. This consists of aggregating the interest rate risk and trans-
ferring it directly to the trading book for the most part in order to
manage this risk within the specified market price risk limits.
5. MARKET RISK, OPERATIONAL RISK AND LIQUIDITY RISK
MARKET RISK, OPERATIONAL RISK AND LIQUIDITY RISK DISCLOSURE REPORT 55
The interest rate risks on the banking book are measured daily. To
calculate the VaR, a confidence level of 99 %, a holding period of one
day and a data history of 250 trading days are used.
Besides daily calculation of the interest rate risk in the course of the
VaR calculation, HSH Nordbank also measures the interest rate risk
for the group as a whole in the event of an interest rate shock. For the
specific analysis of interest rate risks on banking book positions, the
Bank uses net present value analysis, i.e. the net present value change
due to defined changes in interest rates. The figures for the year under
review have shown that HSH Nordbank would lose significantly less
than 20 % of liable capital in the event of an interest rate shock of + 200
and -200 basis points.
The effects of an interest rate shock of + 200 and -200 basis points as at
the reporting date 31 December 2016 in accordance with Article 448
subparagraph (b) CRR are shown in Table 44.
The total amount of € -29/-35 million represents the balance of
changes in present value from the interest rate shocks in the case of
the parallel move in yield curves in all currencies. The interest rate
risk in the banking book is broken down by currency as at the report-
ing date in order to provide greater transparency.
The EUR net present value change results mainly from the new map-
ping of pension obligations to the measuring of market price risks.
The USD net present value change results mainly from the integration
of market risks of the inventory of credit value adjustments of deriva-
tives.
[TAB. 44] INTEREST RATE RISK IN THE BANKING BOOK IN € M
Change in net present value
+ 200 bp -200 bp
Currency 2016 2015 2016 2015
EUR – 135 – 287 – 107 79
USD 89 – 24 59 216
CHF – 1 – 3 1 –
JPY 8 5 7 13
GBP 12 3 5 12
DKK – 2 – 2 – 1
Other – – 1 – – 1
Total – 29 – 309 – 35 320
5.2. OPERATIONAL RISK
Definition HSH Nordbank defines operational risk (OpRisk) as the risk of direct
or indirect losses caused by the inappropriateness or failure of the
internal infrastructure, internal procedures or staff or as a result of
external factors (risk categories). This definition thereby refers to
threats of damages resulting from legal risk and compliance risk.
Risk management objectives and policies The risk management objectives and policies for default risk pursuant
to Article 435 (1) CRR are described in the information provided in
the Group Management Report (Risk Report) in HSH Nordbank's
Annual Report. This definition includes legal risk and compliance risk.
Capital requirements HSH Nordbank applies exclusively the Standardised Approach in
order to determine the capital requirements for operational risk. A
description of the method according to Article 312 (2) CRR is there-
fore not provided. On the date of reporting, the sub-group had a
regulatory capital requirement to the amount of € 135 million and the
holding to the amount of € 104 million.
56 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 45] CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONAL RISK FOR THE SUB-GROUP IN € M
Operational risk 2016 2015
According to Standardised Approach 135 157
Total 135 157
[TAB. 46] CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONAL RISK FOR THE HOLDING IN € M
Operational risk 2016 2015
According to Standardised Approach 104 –
Total 104 –
5.3. LIQUIDITY RISK
Definition HSH Nordbank divides its liquidity risk into risk of insolvency and
liquidity maturity transformation risk.
The risk of insolvency refers to the risk that present or future payment
obligations cannot be met in part or in full. This is referred to as
liquidity risk in the narrower sense. The key driver of this liquidity
risk is the cash flow structure in the liquidity development report
which is determined by the assets (maturity/currency structure) and
liabilities (funding structure by maturity/currency/investor). In this
regard the market liquidity risk, i. e. the danger that transactions
cannot be sold or only at unfavourable conditions because of a lack of
market depth, is reflected in the liquidity development report as a
component of the insolvency risk. Another component of insolvency
risk is the refinancing risk, i. e. the danger of not being able to obtain
liquidity or not at the expected conditions if required.
The refinancing risk is determined by the refinancing structure. In-
formation on the refinancing structure can be found in Note 54 of the
consolidated notes “Residual maturity breakdown of financial instru-
ments”.
Liquidity maturity transformation risk refers to the risk that a loss will
result from a mismatch in the contractual maturities of assets and
liabilities, the so-called liquidity maturity transformation position, and
from the change in the Bank’s refinancing surcharge.
Risk management objectives and policies The risk management objectives and policies for default risk pursuant
to Article 435 (1) CRR are described in the information provided in
the Group Management Report (Risk Report) in HSH Nordbank's
Annual Report.
UNENCUMBERED ASSETS DISCLOSURE REPORT 57
Definition HSH Nordbank follows the guidelines on disclosure of encumbered
and unencumbered assets (EBA/GL/2014/03) dated 27 June 2014 and
the circular regarding the implementation of the EBA guidelines on
disclosure of encumbered and unencumbered assets (BA 06/2016)
dated 30 August 2016 for the disclosure of unencumbered assets in
accordance with Article 443 CRR.
Pursuant to Article 100 CRR in conjunction with the Implementing
Technical Standards on Asset Encumbrance Reporting
(EBA/ITS/2013/04/rev1) dated 24 July 2014 HSH Nordbank is also
required to report all forms of encumbrance of assets as part of CoRep
since 31 December 2014.
According to the EBA definition, assets are considered to be encum-
bered or committed if they are not available to the institution for
further fundraising. This is always the case if they are pledged or lent,
i.e. are used to safeguard own loans and securities or collateralize
potential obligations arising in the derivatives business (netting and
collateral arrangements) as part of on- or off-balance sheet transac-
tions.
The median of the encumbrance ratio is 33 % for the regulatory
Group within the reporting year. The figures for encumbered and
unencumbered assets do not vary significantly between the sub-group
and the holding. Therefore only the sub-group data will be shown in
this chapter.
Information on the level of encumbrance The encumbrance ratio in accordance with Article 100 CRR in the
first instance fell but stabilised in the course of the year. Covered as
well as uncovered liabilities similarly fell during the year, whereas the
share of encumbered assets was stable during the last three quarters of
the year.
Most (approximately 84 %) of the encumbered assets and collateral
received result from the provision of collateral and netting agreements
relating to derivative transactions as well as from issuing covered
bonds (cover pool), development bank transactions and ABF transac-
tions as well as the provision of collateral and netting agreements
related to derivative transactions.
The other encumbered assets are distributed between the provision of
collateral for payment transaction lines and collateral for repurchase
agreements and securities lending transactions. As at 31 December
2016 the financial assets of derivatives in consideration of balance
sheet netting with securities are considered.
Over 88 % of all encumbered assets at Group level are allotted to
transactions of HSH Nordbank AG.
An overcollateralisation of covered bonds, ABF transactions und
repurchase agreements concerning the refinancing exists on a consid-
erable scale.
The provision and acceptance of collaterals is based essentially on
standardized contracts of repo transactions and on collateralisation of
future contracts. Moreover, the bank concludes individual collateral
agreements within the framework of ABF transactions or within deals
with state development banks.
HSH Nordbank provides different types of collateral for several busi-
ness purposes, the majority of which consists of cash collateral of
€ 3 billion for the derivative as well as in part of the development bank
business. Furthermore, beside € 1 billion of (commercial) loans an
additional € 1 billion of securities are pledged as collateral for payment
transaction lines and trading lines. The cover pools and the rating-
related surplus as well as the issuable free surplus are disclosed as
encumbered assets as part of the Pfandbrief business (public sector
Pfandbriefe register, mortgage and ship Pfandbriefe register).
Unencumbered other assets are disclosed in table 47 in addition to
unencumbered debt and equity instruments.
Besides the Sunrise-compensation the disclosed amount of other
unencumbered assets of in the median approx. € 13 billion divides
mainly into the following categories: 54 % receivables arising from the
derivatives business, 12% for the up for sale portfolio and 6% latent
tax claims. At the year end, this position increased by the up for sale
portfolio.
6. UNENCUMBERED ASSETS
58 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 47] ASSETS IN € M
Carrying amount of encumbered assets
Fair value of encumbered assets
Carrying amount of unencumbered assets
Fair value unencumbered assets
010 040 060 090
2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015 2016 2015
010 Assets of the reporting institution 29,466 34,534 – – 60,565 74,301 – –
030 Equity instruments – – – – 170 306 212 367
040 Debt instruments 2,680 3,614 2,738 3,702 15,305 16,040 15,035 15,516
120 Other assets 4,212 4,954 – – 13,365 10,330 – –
[TAB. 48] COLLATERAL RECEIVED IN € M
Fair value of encumbered collateral received and own
debt instruments issued
Fair value of collateral received and own debt instruments issued that are eligiblefor encumbrance
010 040
2016 2015 2016 2015
130 Collateral received from the reporting institution 528 875 295 1,108
150 Equity instruments – – – –
160 Debt instruments 528 875 295 1,108
230 Other collateral received – – – –
240 Other own debt instruments issued as Pfandbriefe or ABS – – 1,349 1,066
[TAB. 49] ENCUMBERED ASSETS/ COLLATERAL RECEIVED AND ASSOCIATED LIABILITIES IN € M
Coverage of liabilities,
contingent liabilities or securities lent
Assets, collateral received and other own debt instruments
issued as en-cumbered Pfandbriefe and ABS
010 030
2016 2015 2016 2015
010 Carrying amount of selected liabilities 24,034 27,023 26,350 30,141
LEVERAGE RATIO DISCLOSURE REPORT 59
Definition According to Article 451 CRR in connection with Title VII no. 23
subparagraph (c) and no. 26 subparagraph b of the guideline on dis-
closure frequency (EBA/GL/2014/14), information on the leverage
ratio are to be disclosed. The calculation of the leverage ratio is per-
formed in accordance with Article 429 CRR in connection with the
commission implementing regulation (EU) 2016/200 of 15 February
2016 laying down implementing technical standards regarding the
disclosure of the leverage ratio for institutions according to the Regu-
lation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the
Council.
In the frame of the Basel III framework (CRR/CRD IV), the leverage
ratio complements the risk based capital requirements as a non-risk
based debt ratio. The leverage ratio is the quotient of the Tier 1 capital
and the overall risk measurement position and is indicated as a per-
centage. The overall risk measurement position consists of the nomi-
nal value of the asset and off-balance sheet business (incl. derivatives)
under special consideration of relevant valuation approaches especial-
ly for leverage ratio. At the present time, the leverage ratio is an obser-
vation parameter. As a reference value, the Basel Committee of Bank-
ing Regulation determined a minimum leverage ratio of 3 % in the
Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements of
January 2014. At the earliest from 2019 onwards the leverage ratio will
be implemented as an additional minimum capital ratio.
Information on the level of leverage ratio The following tables derive the leverage ratio separately for the sub-
group and the holding pursuant to the above mentioned legal basis. In
accordance with Article 499 (2) CRR, the option was utilised in order
to determine the Tier 1 capital on the basis of the Basel III transitional
regulations according to Article 499 (1) subparagraph b CRR.
Information on the level of leverage ratio for the sub-group As at the reporting date, the leverage ratio of the sub-group amounts
to 6.9 %.
[TAB. 50] LRSUM: SUMMARY RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTING ASSETS AND LEVERAGE RATIO EXPOSURES IN € M FOR THE
SUB-GROUP
Applicable Amounts
2016
1 Total assets as per published financial statements 84,365
2 Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation 843
3
(Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognised on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429(13) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 "CRR") framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure according to Article 429(11) of Regulation (EU) NO. 575/2013 –
4 Adjustments for derivative financial instruments – 3,147
5 Adjustments for securities financing transactions "SFTs" – 265
6 Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (ie conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures) 4,734
EU-6a (Adjustment for intragroup exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013) –
EU-6b (Adjustment for exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013) –
7 Other adjustments – 9,559
8 Total leverage ratio exposure 76,971
7. LEVERAGE RATIO
60 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 51] LRCOM: LEVERAGE RATIO COMMON DISCLOSURE IN € M FOR THE SUB-GROUP
CRR leverage ratio
exposures
2016
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
1 On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets, but including collateral) 70,132
2 (Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital) – 955
3 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets) (sum of lines 1 and 2) 69,177
Derivative exposures
4 Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (ie net of eligible cash variation margin) 1,850
5 Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions (mark-to-market method) 769
EU-5a Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method –
6 Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicable accounting framework –
7 (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) – 348
8 (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) –
9 Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives 76
10 (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives) – 23
11 Total derivatives exposures (sum of lines 4 to 10) 2,324
Securities financing transaction exposures
12 Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sales accounting transactions 368
13 (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets) –
14 Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets 368
EU-14a Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Article 429b (4) and 222 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 Articles 429b(4) and 222 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 –
15 Agent transaction exposures –
EU-15a (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure) –
16 Total securities financing transaction exposures (sum of lines 12 to 15a) 736
Other off-balance sheet exposures
17 Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount 12,643
18 (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts) – 7,909
19 Other off-balance sheet exposures (sum of lines 17 and 18) 4,734
Exempted exposures in accordance with CRR Article 429 (7) and (14) (on and off balance sheet)
EU-19a (Exemption of intragroup exposures (solo basis) in accordance with Article 429(7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet)) –
EU-19b (Exposures exempted in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet)) –
Capital and total exposures
20 Tier 1 capital 5,292
21 Total leverage ratio exposures (sum of lines 3, 11, 16, 19, EU-19a and EU-19b) 76,971
Leverage ratio
22 Leverage ratio 6.9%
Choice on transitional arrangements and amount of derecognised fiduciary items
EU-23 Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure transitional
EU-24 Amount of derecognised fiduciary items in accordance with Article 429(11) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 –
LEVERAGE RATIO DISCLOSURE REPORT 61
[TAB. 52] LRSPL: SPLIT-UP OF ON BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES, SFTS AND EXEMPTED EXPOSURES) IN
€ M FOR THE SUB-GROUP
CRR leverage ratio expo
sures
2016
EU-1 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures), of which: 68,007
EU-2 Trading book exposures 368
EU-3 Banking book exposures, of which: 67,639
EU-4 Covered bonds 214
EU-5 Exposures treated as sovereigns 19,221
EU-6 Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organisations and PSE not treated as sovereigns 521
EU-7 Institutions 1,001
EU-8 Secured by mortgages of immovable properties 8,885
EU-9 Retail exposures 60
EU-10 Corporate 20,752
EU-11 Exposures in default 8,719
EU-12 Other exposures (eg equity, securitisations, and other non-credit obligation assets) 8,266
[TAB. 53] LRQUA: FREE FORMAT TEXT BOXES FOR DISCLOSURE ON QUALITATIVE ITEMS FOR THE SUB-GROUP Column
Row Free format
1
Description of processes used to manage the risk of excessive leverage
On the one hand, an ongoing supervision of the leverage ratio as at the reporting date (current state) and on the other hand, on a proactive perspective (forecast) is ensured. Moreover, in the frame of the stress tests, the development of the leverage ratio for various crisis scenarios is analysed. As a constraint, the compliance with the leverage ratio is considered in the annual corporate planning. The control of the leverage ratio can be adjusted inter alia with a balance limitation as required. The current amount of the leverage ratio, however, leads to expect that with the introduction of a compulsory leverage ratio that has to be met, there are no adjustments needed for the core capital and overall risk measurement position.
2
Description of factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio during the period to which the disclosed leverage ratio refers
The leverage ratio amounts to 6.9 % and falls by 0.3 percentage points short of the value as of 30.06.2016 (7.2 %). The slight decrease can be referred to a reduction of the Tier 1 capital, which was higher than the decrease of the denominator of the leverage ratio. The denominator fall due to a portfolio reduction. For information on the numerator see section 2.1. Own funds. There existed no important external factors in connection with the economic and financial environment that had influence on the leverage ratio.
62 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Information on the level of leverage ratio for the holding
As at the reporting date, the leverage ratio of the holding amounts to
3.5 %.
[TAB. 54] LRSUM: SUMMARY RECONCILIATION OF ACCOUNTING ASSETS AND LEVERAGE RATIO EXPOSURES IN € M FOR THE
HOLDING
Applicable Amounts
2016
1 Total assets as per published financial statements 82,869
2 Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation 843
3
(Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognised on the balance sheet pursuant to the applicable accounting framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429(13) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 "CRR") framework but excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure according to Article 429(11) of Regulation (EU) NO. 575/2013 –
4 Adjustments for derivative financial instruments – 3,147
5 Adjustments for securities financing transactions "SFTs" – 265
6 Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (ie conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures) 4,734
EU-6a (Adjustment for intragroup exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013) –
EU-6b (Adjustment for exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013) –
7 Other adjustments – 7,992
8 Total leverage ratio exposure 77,042
LEVERAGE RATIO DISCLOSURE REPORT 63
[TAB. 55] LRCOM: LEVERAGE RATIO COMMON DISCLOSURE IN € M FOR THE HOLDING
CRR leverage ratio
exposures
2016
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)
1 On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets, but including collateral) 70,345
2 (Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital) – 1,097
3 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets) (sum of lines 1 and 2) 69,248
Derivative exposures
4 Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (ie net of eligible cash variation margin) 1,850
5 Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions (mark-to-market method) 769
EU-5a Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method –
6 Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicable accounting framework –
7 (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions) – 348
8 (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures) –
9 Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives 76
10 (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives) – 23
11 Total derivatives exposures (sum of lines 4 to 10) 2,324
Securities financing transaction exposures
12 Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sales accounting transactions 368
13 (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets) –
14 Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets 368
EU-14a Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Article 429b (4) and 222 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 Articles 429b(4) and 222 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 –
15 Agent transaction exposures –
EU-15a (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure) –
16 Total securities financing transaction exposures (sum of lines 12 to 15a) 736
Other off-balance sheet exposures
17 Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount 12,643
18 (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts) – 7,909
19 Other off-balance sheet exposures (sum of lines 17 and 18) 4,734
Exempted exposures in accordance with CRR Article 429 (7) and (14) (on and off balance sheet)
EU-19a (Exemption of intragroup exposures (solo basis) in accordance with Article 429(7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet)) –
EU-19b (Exposures exempted in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet)) –
Capital and total exposures
20 Tier 1 capital 2,687
21 Total leverage ratio exposures (sum of lines 3, 11, 16, 19, EU-19a and EU-19b) 77,042
Leverage ratio
22 Leverage ratio 3.5%
Choice on transitional arrangements and amount of derecognised fiduciary items
EU-23 Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure transitional
EU-24 Amount of derecognised fiduciary items in accordance with Article 429(11) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 –
64 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 56] LRSPL: SPLIT-UP OF ON BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURES (EXCLUDING DERIVATIVES, SFTS AND EXEMPTED EXPOSURES) IN
€ M FOR THE HOLDING
CRR leverage ratio expo
sures
2016
EU-1 Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures), of which: 68,220
EU-2 Trading book exposures 368
EU-3 Banking book exposures, of which: 67,852
EU-4 Covered bonds 214
EU-5 Exposures treated as sovereigns 19,221
EU-6 Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organisations and PSE not treated as sovereigns 521
EU-7 Institutions 1,214
EU-8 Secured by mortgages of immovable properties 8,885
EU-9 Retail exposures 60
EU-10 Corporate 20,752
EU-11 Exposures in default 8,719
EU-12 Other exposures (eg equity, securitisations, and other non-credit obligation assets) 8,266
[TAB. 57] LRQUA: FREE FORMAT TEXT BOXES FOR DISCLOSURE ON QUALITATIVE ITEMS FOR THE HOLDING Column
Row Free format
1
Description of processes used to manage the risk of excessive leverage
On the one hand, an ongoing supervision of the leverage ratio as at the reporting date (current state) and on the other hand, on a proactive perspective (forecast) is ensured. Moreover, in the frame of the stress tests, the development of the leverage ratio for various crisis scenarios is analysed. As a constraint, the compliance with the leverage ratio is considered in the annual corporate planning. The control of the leverage ratio can be adjusted inter alia with a balance limitation as required.
2
Description of factors that had an impact on the leverage ratio during the period to which the disclosed leverage ratio refers
The leverage ratio was 3.5%. For information on the numerator see section 2.1. Own funds. There existed no important external factors in connection with the economic and financial environment that had influence on the leverage ratio.
COUNTERCYCLICAL CAPITAL BUFFER DISCLOSURE REPORT 65
8. COUNTERCYCLICAL CAPITAL BUFFER
8.1. GEOGRAPHICAL BREAKDOWN OF RELEVANT CREDIT EXPOSURES
Pursuant to Article 440 CRR the geographical break down of relevant
credit exposures and the amount of the countercyclical capital buffer
(CCB) will be disclosed in this report.
The disclosure of the geographical breakdown of credit exposures
pursuant to Article 440 (1) subparagraph a CRR in connection with
Article 2 of the delegated act (EU) 2015/1555 is shown in Table 58.
The breakdown by countries is based on the jurisdiction of the busi-
ness partners in the HSH Nordbank portfolio. The breakdown of the
relevant exposure does not include the public sector or institutions.
This applies for both Standard- and IRB-Approach.
The exposure is disclosed in columns 010 to 065 divided into general
credit exposure, trading book exposure and securitisation exposure.
The corresponding own funds requirements are displayed in columns
070 to 100. In column 110 the own funds requirements weights are
shown, which apply to every country specific ratio for the CCB. The
ratio results from the sum of own funds per country divided by the
sum of all own funds requirements of the relevant credit exposures. In
column 120 the CCB-rate of each country is shown. These have to be
published by the countries themselves and apply for one year.
The CCB disclosure of HSH Nordbank differs from the table shown
in annex 1 of delegated act (EU) 2015/1555:
– Column 040 is not disclosed, since HSH Nordbank does not use
any internal models for market risk
– In order to achieve compliance of regulatory disclosure and regula-
tory reporting on the CCB, columns 065 and 095 for “other assets,
without credit obligations” are added.
Geographical breakdown of relevant credit exposures for the calculation of the CCB The geographical breakdown is identical for the sub-group and the
holding.
66 HSH NORDBANK 2016
[TAB. 58] GEOGRAPHICAL BREAKDOWN OF RELEVANT CREDIT EXPOSURES FOR THE CALCULATION OF THE CCB
general credit exposures
trading book expo-sures
securitisation exposures other own funds requirements
Break-down by coun-try:
general credit expo-sures (SA)
general credit
exposures (IRB)
Sum of long and short positi-ons of trading book expo-sures
Securi-tisation expo-sures (SA)
Securi-tisation expo-sures (IRB)
other assets, without credit oblige-tions
general credit expo-sures
trading book expo-sures
Securi-tisation expo-sures
other assets, without credit oblige-tions total
own funds
requirements
weights CCB rate
010 020 030 050 060 65 070 080 090 95 100 110 120
(AT) – 140 0 – – – 8 0 – – 8 0.01 0.00%
(AU) 0 0 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(BE) 0 191 0 – – – 6 0 – – 6 0.00 0.00%
(BM) 0 83 0 – – – 2 0 – – 2 0.00 0.00%
(CH) 0 329 1 – – – 25 0 – – 25 0.01 0.00%
(DE) 162 16,285 332 – 26,561 178 649 1 464 14 1,127 0.67 0.00%
(DK) 0 171 2 – – – 5 0 – – 5 0.00 0.00%
(ES) 0 312 2 – 3 – 13 0 – – 13 0.01 0.00%
(FI) 0 315 0 – – – 8 0 – – 8 0.00 0.00%
(FR) 1 1,137 22 – – – 22 1 – – 23 0.01 0.00%
(GB) 59 1,020 9 12 – – 27 0 2 – 29 0.02 0.00%
(IE) 21 163 1 – – – 5 0 – – 5 0.00 0.00%
(IT) 62 193 1 – – – 11 0 – – 11 0.01 0.00%
(LU) 162 2,152 2 320 57 – 80 0 19 – 98 0.06 0.00%
(NL) 0 1,107 9 – – – 23 1 – – 24 0.01 0.00%
(NO) – 295 1 – – – 9 0 – – 9 0.01 1.50%
(PT) – 13 – – – – 1 – – – 1 0.00 0.00%
(QA) – 22 – – 0 – 0 – 0 – 0 0.00 0.00%
(SE) 0 94 2 – – – 7 0 – – 7 0.00 1.50%
(US) 11 1,217 6 17 39 72 20 0 0 1 20 0.01 0.00%
Other – – – – – 102 – – – 8 8 0.00 0.00%
(AE) 0 3 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(AG) 0 – – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(BH) 9 – – – – – 1 – – – 1 0.00 0.00%
(BR) – 22 – – – – 6 – – – 6 0.00 0.00%
(CY) 0 321 – – – – 17 – – – 17 0.01 0.00%
(DZ) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(EE) – 34 – – – – 1 – – – 1 0.00 0.00%
(GI) 0 – – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(GR) 0 185 – – – – 11 – – – 11 0.01 0.00%
(HK) 1 74 – – – – 4 – – – 4 0.00 0.63%
(HR) – 60 – – – – 4 – – – 4 0.00 0.00%
(IM) 0 73 – – – – 3 – – – 3 0.00 0.00%
(IS) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(JE) – 392 – – – – 21 – – – 21 0.01 0.00%
(KN) 0 – – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(KR) – 7 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(KY) 40 36 – – – – 10 – – – 10 0.01 0.00%
(LR) 0 540 – – – – 27 – – – 27 0.02 0.00%
(MH) 0 866 – – – – 73 – – – 73 0.04 0.00%
COUNTERCYCLICAL CAPITAL BUFFER DISCLOSURE REPORT 67
(MT) 0 20 – – – – 1 – – – 1 0.00 0.00%
(PA) 0 28 – – – – 2 – – – 2 0.00 0.00%
(PL) – 2 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(SD) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(SG) 0 567 – – – – 21 – – – 21 0.01 0.00%
(TH) 0 6 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(TN) 0 – – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(TR) 0 326 – – – – 22 – – – 22 0.01 0.00%
(TW) – 0 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(VG) 0 140 – – – – 4 – – – 4 0.00 0.00%
(VN) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(CA) 0 – – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(EG) 0 – – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(PH) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(IN) – 38 – – – – 2 – – – 2 0.00 0.00%
(JP) – 14 – – – – 1 – – – 1 0.00 0.00%
(MY) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(BS) – 23 – – – – 1 – – – 1 0.00 0.00%
(CN) – 4 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(CW) – 0 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(HU) – 72 – – – – 8 – – – 8 0.00 0.00%
(IL) – 37 – – – – 2 – – – 2 0.00 0.00%
(SA) – 50 – – – – 5 – – – 5 0.00 0.00%
(BB) – 29 – – – – 3 – – – 3 0.00 0.00%
(BG) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(CL) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(CZ) – 0 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(GG) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(JO) – 0 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(KW) – 0 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(MA) – – – – – – – – – – – – 0.00%
(NG) – 1 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(NZ) – 3 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
(OM) – 0 – – – – 0 – – – 0 0.00 0.00%
Total 528 29,206 391 349 26,660 353 1,171 4 485 23 1,683 1.00 –
68 HSH NORDBANK 2016
8.2. AMOUNT OF COUNTERCYCLICAL CAPITAL BUFFER
The following tables show the CCB for the sub-group and the holding.
[TAB. 59] CCB SUB-GROUP Total risk exposure amount (€ million) 28,579.6
Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer rate (%) 0.016
Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer requirement (€ million) 4.6
[TAB. 60] CCB HOLDING Total risk exposure amount (€ million) 27,675.8
Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer rate (%) 0.016
Institution specific countercyclical capital buffer requirement (€ million) 4.5
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 69
9.1. CONSOLIDATION MATRIX
[TAB. 61] CONSOLIDATION MATRIX
Treatment under supervisory law Consolidation under IFRS
Consolidation
Type of company / company full proportional Deduction
method
Risk-weighted (equity
holding/ SPV) full at-equity
FI HSH Beteiligungs Management GmbH X
CI HSH Nordbank Securities S.A. X X
FI 4Wheels Management GmbH X
FI Asian Capital Investment Opportunities Limited X
FI Avia Management S.à.r.l X X
FI BINNENALSTER-Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH X X
FI BRINKHOF Holding Deutschland GmbH X
FI Bu Wi Beteiligungsholding GmbH X X
FI CAPCELLENCE Dritte Fondsbeteiligung GmbH X X
FI CAPCELLENCE Erste Fondsbeteiligung GmbH X X
FI Capcellence Holding GmbH & Co. KG X X
FI Capcellence Vintage Year 06/07 Beteiligungen GmbH & Co. KG X X
FI Capcellence Vintage Year 07/08 Beteiligungen GmbH & Co. KG X X
FI Capcellence Vintage Year 11 Beteiligungen GmbH & Co. KG X X
FI CAPCELLENCE Vintage Year 13 Beteiligungen GmbH & Co. KG X X
FI CAPCELLENCE Vintage Year 16 Beteiligungen GmbH & Co. KG X X
FI CAPCELLENCE Zweite Fondsbeteiligung GmbH X X
FI European Capital Investment Opportunities Limited X
FI FSL Holdings Pte. Ltd. X X
FI GmbH Altstadt Grundstücksgesellschaft X X
FI GODAN GmbH X X
FI HSH Auffang- und Holdinggesellschaft mbH & Co. KG X X
FI HSH N Finance (Guernsey) Limited X X
FI HSH N Funding II X X
FI HSH Private Equity GmbH X X
FI Ilex Integra GmbH X X
FI Kontora Kapitalverwaltungs GmbH X
FI Kontora Verwaltungs GmbH X
FI Lyceum Capital Fund 2000 (Number Five) GmbH & Co. KG X
FI Neptune Finance Partner S.à.r.l. X X
FI Neptune Finance Partner II S.à.r.l. X X
FI RESPARCS Funding Limited Partnership I X X
FI RESPARCS Funding II Limited Partnership X X
FI Solar Holdings S.à.r.l. X X
IU HSH N Residual Value Ltd. X X
ASU FSL Asset Management Pte. Ltd. X X
ASU FSL Trust Management Pte. Ltd. X X
9. NOTES
70 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Treatment under supervisory law Consolidation under IFRS
Consolidation
Type of company / company full proportional Deduction
method
Risk-weighted (equity
holding/ SPV) full at-equity
ASU HSH Facility Management GmbH X X
ASU Unterstützungs-Gesellschaft d. Hamburgischen Landesbank mit beschränkter Haftung X X
Oth 2200 Victory LLC X X
Oth Adessa Grundstücksverwaltungsgesellschaft mbH & Co. Vermietungs-KG X X
Oth Amentum Aircraft Leasing No. Five Limited X X
Oth Amentum Aircraft Leasing No. Seven Limited X X
Oth Amentum Aircraft Leasing No. Six Limited X X
Oth Castellum ABF S.A. X X
Oth DEERS Green Power Development Company, S.L. X X
Oth First Ship Lease Trust
X X
Oth FSP CAPCELLENCE Beteiligungs GmbH
X
Oth FSP Fluid System Partners Holding AG
X
Oth HSH Care+Clean GmbH
X X
Oth HSH Gastro+Event GmbH X X
Oth HSH Move+More GmbH X X
Oth ISM Agency, LLC X X
Oth Kontora Family Office GmbH X X
Oth Life Insurance Fund Elite LLC X X
Oth Life Insurance Fund Elite Trust X X
Oth Mitco Real Estate A S.à.r.l. X X
Oth Mitco Resolution 1 S.à.r.l. X X
Oth Mitco Resolution 2 S.à.r.l. X X
Oth Mitco Resolution 3 S.à.r.l. X X
Oth Mitco Resolution 4 S.à.r.l. X X
Oth Mitco Resolution 5 S.à.r.l. X X
Oth Next Generation Aircraft Finance 2 S.à.r.l. X X
Oth Next Generation Aircraft Finance 3 S.à.r.l X X
Oth OCEAN Funding 2013 GmbH X X
Oth RDM Limited X X
Oth Senior Assured Investment S.A.. X X
Oth Senior Preferred Investments S.A. X X
Oth Stratus ABF S.A. X X
Abbreviations:
CI: Credit institution in accordance with Article 4 (1) CRR
FI: Financial institution in accordance with Article 4 (1) No. 26 CRR
IU: Insurance undertaking in accordance with Article 4 (1) No. 1 CRR
ASU: Ancillary services undertaking in accordance with Article 4 (1) No. 18 CRR
Oth: Other companies
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 71
9.2. OWN FUNDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 437 (1) CRR – SUB-GROUP
[TAB. 62] DISCLOSURE OF THE TYPE AND AMOUNTS OF THE SPECIFIC COMPONENTS OF OWN FUNDS DURING THE
TRANSITIONAL PERIOD SUB-GROUP IN € M
(A) Amount at disclosure
date
(B) regulation (EU) NO
575/2013 article
reference
(C) Amounts
subject to pre-regulation
(EU) No 575/2013 treatment or prescribed
residual amount of regulation
(EU) No 575/2013
Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves
1 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 3,193
26 (1), 27, 28, 29,
Verzeichnis der EBA
gemäß Artikel 26
Absatz 3
of which: common shares (incl. share premium) 3,193
2 Retained earnings 1,629 26 (1) (c)
3 Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves, to include unrealised gains and losses under the applicable accounting standards) – 61 26 (1)
3a Funds for general banking risk 26 (1) (f)
4 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (3) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from CET1 486 (2)
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 483 (2)
5 Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) 84, 479, 480
5a Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend 122 26 (2)
6 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments 4,882
Sum of rows 1 to
5a
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7 Additional value adjustments (negative amount) – 73 34, 105
8 Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount) – 7
36 (1) (b), 37,
472 (4) – 5
9 Empty Set in the EU
10
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) – 20
36 (1) (c), 38,
472 (4) – 13
11 Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges 33 (a)
12 Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts – 6
36 (1) (d), 40,
159, 472 (6) – 3
13 Any increase in equity that results from securitised assets (negative amount) 32 (1)
14 Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing – 3 33 (b)
15 Defined-benefit pension fund assets (negative amount)
36 (1) (e), 41,
472 (7)
16 Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount)
36 (1) (f), 42 ,
472 (8)
17
Holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
36 (1) (g), 44,
472 (9)
72 HSH NORDBANK 2016
18
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
36 (1) (h), 43, 45,
46, 49 (2) (3), 79,
472 (10)
19
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
36 (1) (i), 43, 45,
47, 48 (1) (b),
49 (1) bis (3), 79,
470, 472 (11)
20 Empty Set in the EU
20a Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative – 668 36 (1) (k)
20b of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount) 36 (1) (k) (i),
89 bis 91
20c of which: securitisation positions (negative amount) – 668
36 (1) (k) (ii), 243 (1) (b), 244 (1) (b),
258
20d of which: free deliveries (negative amount) 36 (1) (k) (iii),
379 (3)
21 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) – 175
36 (1) (c), 38,
48 (1) (a), 470,
472 (5) – 123
22 Amount exceeding the 15% threshold (negative amount) 48 (1)
23 of which: direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities
36 (1) (i), 48 (1) (b),
470, 472 (11)
24 Empty Set in the EU
25 of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences
36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1)
(a), 470, 472 (11)
25a Losses for the current financial year (negative amount) 36 (1) (a),
472 (3)
25b Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items (negative amount) 36 (1) (l)
26 Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment
26a Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains and losses pursuant to Articles 467 and 468 41
Of which: unrealised loss 84 467
Of which: …filter for unrealised loss 2 472
Of which: unrealised gain – 43 468
26b Amount to be deducted from or added to Common Equity Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR 481
Of which: …
27 Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 capital of the institution (negative amount) 36 (1) (j)
28 Total regulatory adjustments to Common equity Tier 1 (CET1) – 910
Sum of rows 7 to 20a, 21, 22 plus
row 25a to 27 – 143
29 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 3,972
Row 6 minus row
28
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
30 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 51, 52
31 of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 73
32 of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards
33 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1 1,324 486 (3) – 1,324
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 486 (3)
34 Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interests not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 85, 86, 480
35 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 486 (3)
36 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments 1,324
Sum of rows 30,
33 and 34 – 1,324
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
37 Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own AT1 Instruments (negative amount)
52 (1) (b), 56 (a),
57, 475 (2)
38
Holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
56 (b), 58, 475 (3)
39
Direct and indirect holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
56 (c), 59, 60,
79, 475 (4)
40
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10% threshold net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
56 (d), 59, 79,
475 (4)
41
Regulatory adjustments applied to additional tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts) – 5 5
41a
Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 – 5
472, 472 (3) (a),
472 (4) (a), 472 (6),
472 (8) (a), 472 (9),
472 (10) (a), 472 (11) (a) 5
Of which: Intangible assets – 5 5
Of which: shortfall of provisions to expected losses
41b Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Tier 2 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
477, 477 (3), 477 (4) (a)
Of which items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Reciprocal cross holdings in Tier 2 instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc
41c Amount to be deducted from or added to Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre- CRR
467, 468, 481
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised losses
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised gains
Of which: …
42 Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 capital of the institution (negative amount) 56 (e)
43 Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital – 5
Sum of rows 37 to
42 5
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 1,319
Row 36 minus row
43
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 5,292
Sum of rows 29 to
44
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions
46 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 1,514 62, 63 975
47 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2 53 486 (4) – 53
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 483 (4)
48
Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interests and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 87, 88, 480
74 HSH NORDBANK 2016
49 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 486 (4)
50 Credit risk adjustments 62 62 (c) und (d)
51 Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments 1,629
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments
52 Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)
63 (b) (i), 66 (a),
67, 477 (2)
53
Holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
66 (b), 68, 477 (3)
54
Direct and indirect holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
66 (c), 69, 70, 79, 477 (4)
54a Of which new holdings which are not subject to transitional arrangements
54b Of which holdings existing before 1 January 2013 and subject to transitional arrangements
55
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
66 (d), 69, 79
56
Regulatory adjustments applied to tier 2 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts)
56a
Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
472, 472 (3) (a),
472 (4), 472 (6),
472 (8) (a), 472 (9),
472 (10) (a), 472 (11) (a)
Of which: shortfall of provisions to expected losses
56b Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Additional Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
475, 475 (2) (a),
475 (3), 475 (4) (a)
Of which items to be detailed line by line, e.g. reciprocal cross holdings in at1 instruments, direct holdings of non significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc
56c Amount to be deducted from or added to Tier 2 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR
467, 468, 481
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised losses
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised gains
Of which: …
57 Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital
Sum of rows 52 to
56
58 Tier 2 (T2) capital 1,629
Row 51 minus row
57
59 Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 6,921
Sum of rows 45 and 58
59a
Risk weighted assets in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013(i.e. CRR residual amounts)
davon: von der künftigen Rentabilität abhängige latente Steueransprüche, verringert um entsprechende Steuerschulden
Of which: …items not deducted from CET1 (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013residual amounts) (items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability net of related tax liablity, indirect holdings of own CET1, etc)
Of which: …items not deducted from AT1 items (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013residual amounts) (items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Reciprocal cross holdings in T2 instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc)
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 75
Items not deducted from T2 items (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013residual amounts) (items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Indirect holdings of own t2 instruments, indirect holdings of non significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, indirect holdings of significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities etc)
60 Total risk weighted assets 28,580
Capital ratios and buffers
61 Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 13.9% 92 (2) (a),
465
62 Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 18.5% 92 (2) (b),
465
63 Total capital (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 24.2% 92 (2) (c)
64
Institution specific buffer requirement (CET1 requirement in accordance with article 92 (1) (a) plus capital conservation and countercyclical buffer requirements, plus systemic risk buffer, plus the systemically important institution buffer (G-SII or O-SII buffer), expressed as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 183
CRD 128, 129, 130
65 of which: capital conservation buffer requirement 179
66 of which: countercyclical buffer requirement 5
67 of which: systemic risk buffer requirement
67a of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer CRD 131
68 Common Equity Tier 1 available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 9.4% CRD 128
69 [non relevant in EU regulation]
70 [non relevant in EU regulation]
71 [non relevant in EU regulation]
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk weighting)
72
Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 69
36 (1) (h), 45, 46,
472 (10), 56 (c), 59,
60, 475 (4), 66 (c),
69, 70, 477 (4)
73
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 2
36 (1) (i), 45, 48,
470, 472 (11)
74 Empty Set in the EU
75 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) 415
36 (1) (c), 38, 48,
470, 472 (c)
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 3
76 Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized approach (prior to the application of the cap) 62
77 Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardised approach 62
78 Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-based approach (prior to the application of the cap) 62 62
79 Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach 136 62 3
Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements (only applicable between 1 Jan 2013 and 1 Jan 2022)
80 Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
484 (3), 486 (2)
und (5)
81 Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
484 (3), 486 (2)
und (5)
82 Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 1,324
484 (4), 486 (3)
und (5)
83 Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) – 630
484 (4), 486 (3)
und (5)
76 HSH NORDBANK 2016
84 Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase out arrangements 53
484 (5), 486 (4)
und (5)
85 Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities) – 124
484 (5), 486 (4)
und (5)
[TAB. 63] FULL RECONCILATION OF COMPONENTS OF OWN FUNDS WITH THE AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN € M SUB-
GROUP
STEP 1) COMPARISON OF OWN FUNDS ITEMS OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BETWEEN THE SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION
UNDER THE GERMAN COMMERCIAL CODE (HGB) AND THE REGULATORY SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION
Own funds items financial statement under IFRS per 12-31-2015
Position Balance Sheet Scope of
Consolidation Regulatory Scope of Consolidation Cause of the difference
Share capital 3,018 3,018
Capital reserve 175 175
Retained earnings 1,464 1,511 Consolidation and/or
reinvestment of profits/losses
Revaluation reserve 103 103
Currency conversion reserve 41 49 Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Other net income from financial investments accounted for under the equity method 0 0
Other income from non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups 0 0
Group net profit/loss 99 14 Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Non-controlling interests -16 -16
Equity 4,885 4,855
Subordinated liabilities 2,109 2,109
Silent participations 1,330 1,330
Profit participation capital 13 13
Subordinated capital 3,452 3,452
Other assets on the balance sheet/ P&L positions relevant for regulatory reporting
Intangible assets 16 16 Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Deferred tax assets 2,223 2,211 Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Deferred tax liabilities 1,475 1,475
Valuation result -67 -75 Effects due to different scope of consolidation
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 77
STEP 2) EXPANSION OF OWN FUNDS ITEMS OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS USING THE REGULATORY SCOPE OF
CONSOLIDATION TAKING INTRA-YEAR REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATES INTO ACCOUNT
Position
Expanded own funds items (IFRS per 12-31-
2015) of the regulatory
scope balance sheet
Updates and regulatory
adjustments in fiscal year
2016 Reason for adjustment
Expanded own funds items (IFRS per 12-31-
2015) of the regulatory
scope balance sheet
including updates and
regulatory adjustments in
2016 Component
Share capital 3,018 0 3,018 a
Capital reserve 175 0 175 b
Retained earnings 1,511 -107 1,404
of which: other retained earnings 519 0 519 c
of which: cumulative gains and losses arising on the revaluation of pensions and similar obligations recognised in OCI -152 -156
Valuation changes in
2015 -308 j
of which: deferred taxes on cumulative gains and losses arising on the revaluation of pension and similar obligations recognised in OCI 48 49
Valuation changes in
2015 97 k
of which: group reserves 1,096 0 1096 d
Reveluation reserve 103 5
Valuation changes in
2015 108 f
Currency conversion reserve 49 -8
Valuation changes in
2015 41 e
Other net income from financial investments accounted for under the equity method 0 0 0 g
Other net income from non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups 0 0 0
Not considered in
regulatory reporting
Group net profit/loss 14 0 14 i
Non-controlling interests -16 16 0
Not considered in
regulatory reporting
Equity 4,855 4,761
Subordinated liabilities 2,109 -1,049
Amortization due to Art.
64 CRR and deduction of non-eligible instruments 1061 o
including: Instruments not eligible in the future 87 -76 11 p
Silent participations 1,330 624
Addition of silent
participations which are treated as
securitisations in the balance
sheet 1954 n
Profit participation capital 13 -13
Amortization due to Art. 64
CRR 0 q
Subordinated Capital 3,452 3014
78 HSH NORDBANK 2016
Intangible assets 16 -2
Valuation changes in
2015 14 ma
Deferred tax assets 2,211 0 2211
of which: deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences 99 0 99 ra
of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences 2,112 0 2112 sa
Deferred tax laibilities 1,475 0 1475
including: deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences 66 0
Allocation due to Art. 38
(5) CRR 66 rb
including: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences 1,406 0
Allocation due to Art. 38
(5) CRR 1406 sb
including: deferred taxes on intangible assets 3 0 3 mb
Valuation result -67 -8 -75
including: own credit risk asset class interest rates 2 1
Valuation changes in
2015 3 ha
including: own credit risk asset class equity 0 0
Valuation changes in
2015 0 hb
including: own credit risk asset class credit derivatives 1 0
Valuation changes in
2015 0 hc
Interim profit/loss 0 122 Interim
profit 2015 122 l
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 79
STEP 3) ALLOCATION OF OWN FUNDS ITEMS TO EQUITY ITEMS OF THE SUB-GROUP
(A) Amount at disclosure
date
(C) Amounts
subject to pre-regulation
(EU) No 575/2013 treatment or prescribed
residual amount of regulation
(EU) No 575/2013
Component mapping to
step 2
Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves
1 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 3,193 a+b
2 Retained earnings 1,629 c+d+i
3 Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves, to include unrealised gains and losses under the applicable accounting standards) -61 e+f+g+(j+k)
5a Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend 122 l
6 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments 4,882
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7 Additional value adjustments (negative amount) -73
only regulatory
value
8 Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount) -7 -5 ma - mb
10
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) -20 -13 rb-ra
12 Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts -6 -3
only regulatory
value
14 Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing -3 ha+hb+hc
20a Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative -668
only regulatory
value
21 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) -175 -123
sb-sa, and after
consideration of Art. 48
CRR thresholds
26a Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains and losses pursuant to Articles 467 and 468 41
Of which: unrealised loss 84 (j + k) * 40%
Of which: unrealised gain -43 f *40%
26b Amount to be deducted from or added to Common Equity Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR 0 0
28 Total regulatory adjustments to Common equity Tier 1 (CET1) -910 -143
29 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 3,972
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
33 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1 1,324 -1,324 n
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
41a
Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 -5 5
Residual intangible
assets (row 8): EUR 5
million
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 1,319
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 5,292
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions
80 HSH NORDBANK 2016
46 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 1,514 975
o+q+n (proportionall
y)
47 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2 53 -53
p+n (proportionall
y)
50 Credit risk adjustments 62 0
only regulatory
value
51 Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments 1,629
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments en
56a
Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 0 0
58 Tier 2 (T2) capital 1,629
59 Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 6,921
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 81
9.3. OWN FUNDS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 437 (1) CRR – HOLDING
[TAB. 64] DISCLOSURE OF THE TYPE AND AMOUNTS OF THE SPECIFIC COMPONENTS OF OWN FUNDS DURING THE
TRANSITIONAL PERIOD HOLDING IN € M
(A) Amount at disclosure
date
(B) REGULATION (EU) NO 575/2013
ARTICLE REFERENCE
(C) Amounts subject to pre-regulation (EU)
No 575/2013 treatment or prescribed residual amount of regulation (EU) No
575/2013
Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves
1 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 71
26 (1), 27, 28, 29, Verzeichnis der EBA
gemäß Artikel 26 Absatz 3
of which: common shares (incl. share premium) 71
2 Retained earnings 2,601 26 (1) (c)
3
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves, to include unrealised gains and losses under the applicable accounting standards) 34 26 (1)
3a Funds for general banking risk 26 (1) (f)
4
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (3) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from CET1 486 (2)
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 483 (2)
5 Minority Interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) 176 84, 479, 480 – 13
5a
Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend 26 (2)
6
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments 2,882 Sum of rows 1 to 5a
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7 Additional value adjustments (negative amount) – 73 34, 105
8 Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount) – 9
36 (1) (b), 37, 472 (4) – 6
9 Empty Set in the EU
10
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) – 30
36 (1) (c), 38, 472 (4) – 20
11 Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges 33 (a)
12
Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts – 6
36 (1) (d), 40, 159, 472 (6) – 3
13
Any increase in equity that results from securitised assets (negative amount) 32 (1)
82 HSH NORDBANK 2016
14
Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing – 13 33 (b)
15 Defined-benefit pension fund assets (negative amount)
36 (1) (e), 41, 472 (7)
16
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount)
36 (1) (f), 42 , 472 (8)
17
Holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)
36 (1) (g), 44, 472 (9)
18
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
36 (1) (h), 43, 45, 46, 49 (2) (3), 79,
472 (10)
19
Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
36 (1) (i), 43, 45, 47, 48 (1) (b),
49 (1) bis (3), 79, 470, 472 (11)
20 Empty Set in the EU
20a
Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative – 668 36 (1) (k)
20b
of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount)
36 (1) (k) (i), 89 bis 91
20c of which: securitisation positions (negative amount) – 668
36 (1) (k) (ii), 243 (1) (b),
244 (1) (b), 258
20d of which: free deliveries (negative amount)
36 (1) (k) (iii), 379 (3)
21
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) – 292
36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1) (a), 470,
472 (5) – 201
22 Amount exceeding the 15% threshold (negative amount) 48 (1)
23
of which: direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities
36 (1) (i), 48 (1) (b), 470, 472 (11)
24 Empty Set in the EU
25 of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences
36 (1) (c), 38, 48 (1) (a), 470, 472 (11)
25a Losses for the current financial year (negative amount) 36 (1) (a), 472 (3)
25b Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items (negative amount) 36 (1) (l)
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 83
26
Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment
26a
Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains and losses pursuant to Articles 467 and 468 14
Of which: unrealised loss 62 467
Of which: …filter for unrealised loss 2 472
Of which: unrealised gain – 48 468
26b
Amount to be deducted from or added to Common Equity Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR 481
Of which: …
27
Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceed the AT1 capital of the institution (negative amount) 36 (1) (j)
28
Total regulatory adjustments to Common equity Tier 1 (CET1) – 1,078
Sum of rows 7 to 20a, 21, 22 plus row 25a to 27 – 229
29 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 1,804 Row 6 minus row 28
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
30 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 51, 52
31 of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards
32
of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards
33
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1 486 (3)
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 486 (3)
34
Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interests not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 888 85, 86, 480 – 888
35 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 888 486 (3) – 888
36
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments 888 Sum of rows 30, 33 and 34
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
37
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own AT1 Instruments (negative amount)
52 (1) (b), 56 (a), 57, 475 (2)
38
Holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 56 (b), 58, 475 (3)
84 HSH NORDBANK 2016
39
Direct and indirect holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
56 (c), 59, 60, 79, 475 (4)
40
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above the 10% threshold net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
56 (d), 59, 79, 475 (4)
41
Regulatory adjustments applied to additional tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts) – 6 6
41a
Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 – 6
472, 472 (3) (a), 472 (4) (a), 472 (6), 472 (8) (a), 472 (9),
472 (10) (a), 472 (11) (a) 6
Of which: Intangible assets – 6 6
Of which: shortfall of provisions to expected losses
41b
Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Tier 2 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
477, 477 (3), 477 (4) (a)
Of which items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Reciprocal cross holdings in Tier 2 instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc
41c
Amount to be deducted from or added to Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre- CRR 467, 468, 481
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised losses
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised gains
Of which: …
42
Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 capital of the institution (negative amount) 56 (e)
43
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital – 6 Sum of rows 37 to 42 6
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 883 Row 36 minus row 43
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 2,687 Sum of rows 29 to 44
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions
46 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 62, 63
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 85
47
Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2 486 (4)
Public sector capital injections grandfathered until 1 January 2018 483 (4)
48
Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interests and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 1,008 87, 88, 480 355
49 of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase out 34 486 (4) – 34
50 Credit risk adjustments 62 62 (c) und (d) –
51 Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments 1,070
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments
52
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)
63 (b) (i), 66 (a), 67, 477 (2)
53
Holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount) 66 (b), 68, 477 (3)
54
Direct and indirect holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)
66 (c), 69, 70, 79, 477 (4)
54a
Of which new holdings which are not subject to transitional arrangements
54b
Of which holdings existing before 1 January 2013 and subject to transitional arrangements
55
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amount) 66 (d), 69, 79
56
Regulatory adjustments applied to tier 2 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts)
56a
Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
472, 472 (3) (a), 472 (4), 472 (6),
472 (8) (a), 472 (9), 472 (10) (a), 472 (11) (a)
Of which: shortfall of provisions to expected losses
86 HSH NORDBANK 2016
56b
Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Additional Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013
475, 475 (2) (a), 475 (3), 475 (4) (a)
Of which items to be detailed line by line, e.g. reciprocal cross holdings in at1 instruments, direct holdings of non significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc
56c
Amount to be deducted from or added to Tier 2 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR 467, 468, 481
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised losses
Of which: …possible filter for unrealised gains
Of which: …
57 Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital Sum of rows 52 to 56
58 Tier 2 (T2) capital 1,070 Row 51 minus row 57
59 Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 3,757 Sum of rows 45 and 58
59a
Risk weighted assets in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013(i.e. CRR residual amounts)
davon: von der künftigen Rentabilität abhängige latente Steueransprüche, verringert um entsprechende Steuerschulden
Of which: …items not deducted from CET1 (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013residual amounts) (items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability net of related tax liablity, indirect holdings of own CET1, etc)
Of which: …items not deducted from AT1 items (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013residual amounts) (items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Reciprocal cross holdings in T2 instruments, direct holdings of non-significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, etc)
Items not deducted from T2 items (Regulation (EU) No 575/2013residual amounts) (items to be detailed line by line, e.g. Indirect holdings of own t2 instruments, indirect holdings of non significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities, indirect holdings of significant investments in the capital of other financial sector entities etc)
60 Total risk weighted assets 27,684
Capital ratios and buffers
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 87
61
Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 6.5% 92 (2) (a), 465
62 Tier 1 (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 9.7% 92 (2) (b), 465
63 Total capital (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 13.6% 92 (2) (c)
64
Institution specific buffer requirement (CET1 requirement in accordance with article 92 (1) (a) plus capital conservation and countercyclical buffer requirements, plus systemic risk buffer, plus the systemically important institution buffer (G-SII or O-SII buffer), expressed as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 178 CRD 128, 129, 130
65 of which: capital conservation buffer requirement 173
66 of which: countercyclical buffer requirement 4
67 of which: systemic risk buffer requirement
67a
of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer CRD 131
68
Common Equity Tier 1 available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk exposure amount) 2.0% CRD 128
69 [non relevant in EU regulation]
70 [non relevant in EU regulation]
71 [non relevant in EU regulation]
Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk weighting)
72
Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 69
36 (1) (h), 45, 46, 472 (10), 56 (c), 59,
60, 475 (4), 66 (c), 69, 70, 477 (4)
73
Direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET 1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) 2
36 (1) (i), 45, 48, 470, 472 (11)
74 Empty Set in the EU
75
Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount below 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) 210
36 (1) (c), 38, 48, 470, 472 (c)
Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 3
76
Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardized approach (prior to the application of the cap) 62
77
Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardised approach 62
88 HSH NORDBANK 2016
78
Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal ratings-based approach (prior to the application of the cap) 62 62
79
Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach 133 62 3
Capital instruments subject to phase-out arrangements (only applicable between 1 Jan 2013 and 1 Jan 2022)
80 Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
484 (3), 486 (2) und (5)
81
Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
484 (3), 486 (2) und (5)
82 Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
484 (4), 486 (3) und (5)
83
Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
484 (4), 486 (3) und (5)
84 Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase out arrangements
484 (5), 486 (4) und (5)
85
Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)
484 (5), 486 (4) und (5)
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 89
[TAB. 65] FULL RECONCILATION OF COMPONENTS OF OWN FUNDS WITH THE AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN € M
HOLDING
STEP 1) COMPARISON OF OWN FUNDS ITEMS OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BETWEEN THE SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION
UNDER THE GERMAN COMMERCIAL CODE (HGB) AND THE REGULATORY SCOPE OF CONSOLIDATION
Own funds items financial statement under IFRS per 12-31-2016
Position
Balance Sheet Scope of
Consolidation
Regulatory Scope of
Consolidation Cause of the
difference
Share capital 0 0
Capital reserve 71 71
Retained earnings 2,486 2,446
Consolidation and/or
reinvestment of
profits/losses
Revaluation reserve 121 121
Currency conversion reserve 57 67
Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Other net income from financial investments accounted for under the equity method 0 0
Other income from non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups 0 0
Group net profit/loss 321 375
Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Non-controlling interests 239 239
Equity 3,295 3,320
Subordinated liabilities 2,110 2,110
Silent participations 1,412 1,412
Profit participation capital 14 14
Subordinated capital 3,536 3,536
Other assets on the balance sheet/ P&L positions relevant for regulatory reporting
Intangible assets 14 14
Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Deferred tax assets 1,767 1,746
Effects due to different scope of
consolidation
Deferred tax liabilities 1,008 1,000
Valuation result 496 487
Effects due to different
scope of consolidati
on
90 HSH NORDBANK 2016
STEP 2) EXPANSION OF OWN FUNDS ITEMS OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS USING THE REGULATORY SCOPE OF
CONSOLIDATION TAKING INTRA-YEAR REGULATORY ADJUSTMENTS AND UPDATES INTO ACCOUNT
Position
Expanded own funds items (IFRS per 12-31-
2016) of the regulatory
scope balance sheet
Updates and regulatory
adjustments in fiscal year
2016 Reason for adjustment
Expanded own funds items (IFRS per 12-31-
2016) of the regulatory
scope balance sheet
including updates and
regulatory adjustments in
2016 Component
Share capital 0 0 0 a
Capital reserve 71 0 71 b
Retained earnings 2,446 0 2,446
of which: other retained earnings 663 0 663 c
of which: cumulative gains and losses arising on the revaluation of pensions and similar obligations recognised in OCI -227 0
Valuation changes in
2015 -227 j
of which: deferred taxes on cumulative gains and losses arising on the revaluation of pension and similar obligations recognised in OCI 72 0
Valuation changes in
2015 72 k
of which: group reserves 1,938 0 1938 d
Reveluation reserve 121 0
Valuation changes in
2015 121 f
Currency conversion reserve 67 0
Valuation changes in
2015 67 e
Other net income from financial investments accounted for under the equity method 0 0 0 g
Other net income from non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups 0 0 0
Not considered in
regulatory reporting
Group net profit/loss 375 -375 0 i
Non-controlling interests 239 -63 176 t
Equity 3,320 2,882
Subordinated liabilities 2,110 -1,428
Amortization due to Art.
64 CRR and deduction of non-eligible instruments 682 o
including: Instruments not eligible in the future 87 -80 7 p
Silent participations 1,412 -198
Addition of silent
participations which are treated as
securitisations in the balance
sheet 1214 n
Profit participation capital 14 -14
Amortization due to Art. 64
CRR 0 q
Subordinated Capital 3,536 1896
Intangible assets 14 0 14 ma
Deferred tax assets 1,746 0 1746
of which: deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences 107 0 107 ra
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 91
of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences 1,638 0 1638 sa
Deferred tax laibilities 1,000 0 1000
including: deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences 57 0
Allocation due to Art. 38
(5) CRR 57 rb
including: deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences 941 0
Allocation due to Art. 38
(5) CRR 941 sb
including: deferred taxes on intangible assets 2 0 2 mb
Valuation result 496 -9 487
including: own credit risk asset class interest rates 13 0 13 ha
including: own credit risk asset class equity 0 0 0 hb
including: own credit risk asset class credit derivatives 0 0 0 hc
Interim profit/loss 0 0 0 l
92 HSH NORDBANK 2016
STEP 3) ALLOCATION OF OWN FUNDS ITEMS TO EQUITY ITEMS OF THE HOLDING
(A) Amount at disclosure
date
(C) Amounts
subject to pre-regulation
(EU) No 575/2013 treatment or prescribed
residual amount of regulation
(EU) No 575/2013
Component mapping to
step 2
Common Equity Tier 1 capital: instruments and reserves
1 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 71 a+b
2 Retained earnings 2,601 c+d+i
3 Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves, to include unrealised gains and losses under the applicable accounting standards) 34 e+f+g+(j+k)
5 Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend 176 t
6 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments 2,882
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments
7 Additional value adjustments (negative amount) -73
only regulatory
value
8 Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount) -9 -6 ma - mb
10
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) -30 -20 rb-ra
12 Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts -6 -3
only regulatory
value
14 Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing -13 ha+hb+hc
20a Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative -668
only regulatory
value
21 Deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences (amount above 10% threshold, net of related tax liability where the conditions in 38 (3) are met) (negative amount) -292 -201
sb-sa, and after
consideration of Art. 48
CRR thresholds
26a Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains and losses pursuant to Articles 467 and 468 14
Of which: unrealised loss -48 (j + k) * 40%
Of which: unrealised gain 62 f *40%
26b Amount to be deducted from or added to Common Equity Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR 0 0
28 Total regulatory adjustments to Common equity Tier 1 (CET1) -1,078 -229
29 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital 1,804
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments
34 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (4) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1 888 -888
n (proportionall
y)
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments
41a
Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 -6 6
Residual intangible
assets (row 8): EUR 5
million
44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital 883
45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1) 2,687
Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 93
48 Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts 1,008
o+n (proportionall
y)
49 Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484 (5) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2 34 -34
p+n (proportionall
y)
50 Credit risk adjustments 62 0
only regulatory
value
51 Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustments 1,070
Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments en
56a
Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 0 0
58 Tier 2 (T2) capital 1,070
59 Total capital (TC = T1 + T2) 3,757
94 HSH NORDBANK 2016
9.4. MAIN FEATURES OF EQUITY INSTRUMENTS
[TAB. 66] DESCRIPTION OF THE MAIN FEATURES OF OWN FUNDS INSTRUMENTS ISSUED
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG RESPARCS Funding II L.P.
2 Unique Identifier1 DE0003303996 XFHSH0002533 DE0009842542
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Common Equity Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Common Equity Tier 1 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Share capital Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 3018.2 441.5 392.8
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 3018.2 (EURm) 500 (EURm) 500 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 3018.2 500 500
9a Issue price 0.0 100,0 100,0
9b Redemption price 0.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Shareholders' equity/Share capital
Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 02.06.2003 30.06.2014 28.05.2003
12 Perpetual or dated N/A Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date N/A no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval No No No
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount No yes, securities cannot be called; but through a termination of silent participation because of significant changes in tax or regulatory treatment the silent partnership can be terminated by HSH
yes, securities cannot be called; but through an annual termina-tion right as at 30th of june, in case a repayment of the notional amount plus accrued interest by Resparc SPV is secured, the silent partnership can be terminated by HSH
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A Notice Periods of 2 years N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Floating Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed N/A 2.10% 7.50%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No Yes No, capital market instruments cannot be written down but silent participations held by SPV can be written down
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A Net loss Net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation N/A Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 95
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG Banque de Luxembourg fiduciary for HSH Nordbank AG
HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018899 XS0221141400 XFNAM0019061
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law English Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo (Sub-)Consolidated Solo
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 390.9 350.0 342.3
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 500 (EURm) 500 (USDm) 500 (USDm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 500 474.3 474.3
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 28.05.2003 17.06.2005 17.06.2005
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Dated
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity 30.06.2036
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes No No
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount yes, from the 31st of december 2013 onward termination right with Notice Periods of 2 years as at 31st of december, and a permission of the regulatory authority and a solvency quota of >9% on an individual level
yes, securities cannot be called; but from 31 of december 2015 onward with a 2 year termina-tion period and a permission of the regulatory authority and a solvency quota of >9% on an individual level, the silent part-nership can be terminated by HSH
yes, securities cannot be called; but from 31 of december 2015 onward with a 2 year termina-tion period and a permission of the regulatory authority and a solvency quota of >9% on an individual level, the silent part-nership can be terminated by HSH
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 7.65% 7.25% 7.25%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes No, capital market instruments cannot be written down but silent participations held by SPV can be written down
No, capital market instruments cannot be written down but silent participations held by SPV can be written down
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Net loss Net loss, whereby it is special that the coupon pay-ment/distribution is measured by the annual loss/deficit
Net loss, whereby it is special that the coupon pay-ment/distribution is measured by the annual loss/deficit
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves. But restorage is subordniated to the restorage demand of participation certifi-cates.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
96 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer RESPARCS Funding L.P. I HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0159207850 XFNAM0019079 XFNAM0018600
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated (Sub-)Consolidated Solo Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 220.0 216.8 86.0
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 300 (USDm) 300 (USDm) 100 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 284.6 284.6 100
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 19.12.2002 19.12.2002 24.07.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval No Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount yes, securities cannot be called; but through an annual termina-tion right as at 30th of june, in case a repayment of the notional amount plus accrued interest by Resparc SPV is secured, the silent partnership can be terminated by HSH
yes, from the 31st of december 2012 onward termination right with Notice Periods of 2 years as at 31st of december, and a permission of the regulatory authority and a solvency quota of >9% on an individual level
Notice Periods of 2 years
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 8.00% 8.45% 4.98%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No, capital market instruments cannot be written down but silent participations held by SPV can be written down
Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Net loss Net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage of repayment demands and catch up on omitted distribu-tions precede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 97
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0024178 XFNAM0018493 XFNAM0018618
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 35.3 27.3 27.3
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 25.6 (EURm) 30 (EURm) 30 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 25.6 30 30
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 30.12.1997 03.07.2000 24.07.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date 01.06.2023 no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval No Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Extraordinary/Special right of cancellation/option to call/call option; period: 2 Years
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 7.02% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves. But restorage is subordniated to the restorage demand of participation certifi-cates.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
98 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018576 XFNAM0018998 XFNAM0018568
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 27.3 26.5 22.7
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 30 (EURm) 30 (EURm) 25 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 30 30 25
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 24.07.2000 12.10.2001 04.08.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.16% 4.11% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 99
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018790 XFNAM0018808 XFNAM0018550
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 22.2 22.2 18.2
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 25 (EURm) 25 (EURm) 20 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 25 25 20
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 19.02.2001 01.06.2001 14.07.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.93% 3.98% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
100 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018584 XFNAM0018774 XFNAM0018642
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 18.2 17.7 13.6
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 20 (EURm) 20 (EURm) 15 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 20 20 15
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 24.07.2000 01.02.2001 02.08.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice Periods of 2 years Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.16% 3.98% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 101
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018519 XFNAM0018766 XFNAM0018758
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 9.5 9.1 9.1
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 10 (EURm) 10 (EURm) 10 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 10 10 10
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 29.05.2000 22.11.2000 22.11.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice Periods of 2 years Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 1.49% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
102 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018725 XFNAM0018634 XFNAM0018477
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 9.1 9.1 9.1
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 10 (EURm) 10 (EURm) 10 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 10 10 10
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 18.09.2000 02.08.2000 05.06.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice Periods of 2 years Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.16% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 103
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018659 XFNAM0018485 XFNAM0018592
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 9.1 9.1 9.1
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 10 (EURm) 10 (EURm) 10 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 10 10 10
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 02.08.2000 14.06.2000 24.07.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice Periods of 2 years
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.16% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
104 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018816 XFNAM0018824 XFNAM0018626
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 8.9 8.9 6.8
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 10 (EURm) 10 (EURm) 7.5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 10 10 7.5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 03.07.2001 03.07.2001 02.08.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 4.00% 4.00% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 105
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018956 XFNAM0018741 XFNAM0018733
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 6.5 4.5 4.5
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 7.2 (EURm) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 7.2 5 5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 16.08.2000 18.09.2000 18.09.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice Periods of 2 years Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice Periods of 2 years
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.16% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
106 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018543 XFNAM0018675 XFNAM0018667
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 4.5 4.5 4.5
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 5 5 5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 14.07.2000 16.08.2000 16.08.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.16% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 107
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018865 XFNAM0018782 XFNAM0018832
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 4.4 4.4 4.4
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 5 5 5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 10.09.2001 01.02.2001 03.07.2001
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.95% 3.98% 4.00%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
108 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018840 XFNAM0018857 XFNAM0018972
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 4.4 4.4 4.4
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 5 5 5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 23.07.2001 23.07.2001 02.11.1999
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 4.03% 4.03% 4.46%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 109
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018949 XFNAM0018683 XFNAM0018931
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 4.3 3.6 2.5
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 5 (EURm) 4 (EURm) 2.8 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 5 4 2.8
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 01.08.2000 16.08.2000 16.08.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice Periods of 2 years
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 4.98% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
110 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018923 XFNAM0018717 XFNAM0018709
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 2.4 2.3 2.3
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 2.5 (EURm) 2.5 (EURm) 2.5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 2.5 2.5 2.5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 15.12.1999 16.08.2000 16.08.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 1.42% 3.16% 3.16%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Is to restore till deposit's nominal value, yet only if no new annual loss/deficit increases or emerges by this, restorage pre-cedes/overrides remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 111
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018873 XFNAM0018691 XFNAM0018907
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 2.2 0.9 0.5
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 2.5 (EURm) 1 (EURm) 0.5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 2.5 1 0.5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 10.09.2001 16.08.2000 15.12.1999
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 3.95% 3.16% 1.42%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features nein7 nein7 nein7
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
112 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0018915 XFNAM0018527 XFNAM0018535
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1 Additional Tier 1
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Ineligible Ineligible
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Silent participations Silent participations Silent participations
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 0.5 0.5 0.5
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 0.5 (EURm) 0.5 (EURm) 0.5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 0.5 0.5 0.5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 15.12.1999 29.05.2000 19.07.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Perpetual Perpetual Perpetual
13 Original maturity date no maturity no maturity no maturity
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
Notice period of 2 years (ex-traordinary/special right of cancellation in case of significant changes in tax ro regulatory treatment)
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years Notice Periods of 2 years
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Floating Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 1.42% 1.49% 1.44%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
nein6 No (potential Replenishment precedes/overrides distribution of dividends
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features Yes Yes Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss Annual deficit/net loss
32 If write-down, full or partial Always partially Always partially Always partially
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary Temporary Temporary Temporary
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation Share Share Share
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 113
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0126551695 XS0122667230 XS0104723266
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law English Law English Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond bearer bond (floating rate note) bearer bond
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 135.7 92.0 85.9
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 143 (USDm) 92 (EURm) 86 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 135.7 92 86
9a Issue price 100.5 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 21.03.2001 22.01.2001 25.11.1999
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 21.03.2031 22.01.2041 25.11.2039
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Floating Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 1.40% 0.07% 0.07%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
114 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0119502994 XS0119368222 XS0105720881
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law English Law English Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond (floating rate note) bearer bond (floating rate note) bearer bond
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 80.0 70.0 63.8
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 80 (EURm) 70 (EURm) 64 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 80 70 64
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 30.10.2000 25.10.2000 17.01.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 30.10.2040 25.10.2030 17.01.2030
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Floating Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 0.07% 0.07% 0.17%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 115
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0096688881 XS0120017974 XS0120635809
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law English Law English Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond bearer bond (floating rate note) bearer bond (floating rate note)
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 50.0 50.0 50.0
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 50 (EURm) 50 (EURm) 50 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 50 50 50
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 26.04.1999 08.11.2000 28.11.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 26.04.2038 08.11.2030 28.11.2030
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Floating Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 5.38% 0.18% 0.07%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
116 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0119368495 XS0119436326 XS0120117170
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law English Law English Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond (floating rate note) bearer bond (floating rate note) bearer bond (floating rate note)
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 49.9 49.8 47.3
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 50 (EURm) 50 (EURm) 60 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 50 50 60
9a Issue price 99.7 99.3 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 25.10.2000 30.10.2000 11.12.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 25.10.2030 30.10.2030 11.12.2020
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Floating Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 0.05% 0.02% 0.14%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 117
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0121146137 XS0124807099 XS0119807674
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law English Law English Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond bearer bond bearer bond
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 35.0 23.7 23.2
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 35 (EURm) 25 (USDm) 30 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 35 23.7 30
9a Issue price 100.6 100.5 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 06.12.2000 19.02.2001 13.11.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 06.12.2030 19.02.2031 13.11.2020
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Floating Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 6.44% 1.32% 6.45%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
118 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0122825754 XS0133159227 XS0098835761
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law English Law English Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond bearer bond (floating rate note) bearer bond
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 21.6 19.9 19.3
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 22.7 (USDm) 20 (EURm) 20 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 21.6 20 20
9a Issue price 100.0 99.5 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 22.01.2001 18.07.2001 29.06.1999
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 05.01.2040 18.07.2031 29.06.2029
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes Yes Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Floating Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 1.30% 0.10% 5.00%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 119
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0122546442 XFNAM0009724 XS0121531122
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law German Law English Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond registered bond bearer bond (floating rate note)
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 17.5 17.3 16.0
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 18.4 (USDm) 18 (EURm) 16 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 17.5 18 16
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 99.9
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 29.12.2000 23.10.2006 05.02.2001
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 29.12.2030 22.10.2021 05.02.2031
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes No Yes
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
No Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Fixed Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 1.42% 4.55% 0.05%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
120 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0021687 XFNAM0010284 XFNAM0023378
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Ineligible Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Yen bond Promissory notes Promissory notes
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 10.6 9.5 7.7
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 10000 (JPYm) 9.5 (EURm) 10 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 81 9.5 10
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - fair value option Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 26.08.1997 07.02.2007 02.11.2000
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 26.08.2017 07.02.2022 02.11.2020
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval No No No
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Extraordinary/Special right of cancellation/option to call/call option at/in case of tax changes; notice period of 2 years at the end of the financial year
No No
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 6.42% 4.75% 6.51%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A Restorage in the subsequent year till the deposit's nominal value, as far no new deficit emerges. Restorage on silent particpations after downgrading pre-cede/override restorage of share capital and remuneration of reserves. But restorage is subordniated to the restorage demand of participation certifi-cates.
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
NOTES DISCLOSURE REPORT 121
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XS0123007279 XFNAM0009815 XFNAM0009757
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument English Law German Law German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2 Tier 2 Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type bearer bond (floating rate note) registered bond registered bond
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 5.0 4.9 4.8
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm) 5 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 5 5 5
9a Issue price 100.0 100.0 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0 100.0 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 12.01.2001 07.11.2006 27.10.2006
12 Perpetual or dated Dated Dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 01.12.2030 08.11.2021 27.10.2021
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval Yes No No
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount Possibility of termination in case of a change in taxation leading to additional payments to the owner of the debt securities
No No
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A N/A N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Floating Fixed Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 0.05% 4.48% 4.61%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No No No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)
Mandatory Mandatory Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No No No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A N/A N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A N/A N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A N/A N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A N/A N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A N/A N/A
30 Write-down features No No No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A N/A N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A N/A N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A N/A N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A N/A N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
participation certifi-cate/participation paper/trust preferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A N/A N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A N/A N/A
122 HSH NORDBANK 2016
1 Issuer HSH Nordbank AG
2 Unique Identifier1 XFNAM0010292
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument German Law
Regulatory Treatment
4 Transitional CRR rules Tier 2
5 Post-transitional CRR rules Tier 2
6 Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated /solo & (sub-)consolidated Solo and (Sub-)Consolidated
7 Instrument type Promissory notes
8 Amount recognised in regulatory capital 0.2
9 Nominal amount of instrument (CUR of issuance) 10 (EURm)
9 Nominal amount of issuance (Euro) 10
9a Issue price 100.0
9b Redemption price 100.0
10 Accounting classification Liability - amortised cost
11 Original date of issuance 08.02.2007
12 Perpetual or dated Dated
13 Original maturity date 08.02.2017
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval No
15 Optional call date, contigent call dates and redemption amount No
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable N/A
Coupons / dividends
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupons Fixed
18 Coupon rate and any related inxed 4.62%
19 Existence of a dividend stopper No
20a Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing) Mandatory
20b Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount) Mandatory
21 Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem No
22 Noncumulative oder cumulative Noncumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible Nonconvertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) N/A
25 If convertible, fully or partially N/A
26 If convertible, conversion rate N/A
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion N/A
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into N/A
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into N/A
30 Write-down features No
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) N/A
32 If write-down, full or partial N/A
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary N/A
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism N/A
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation participation certificate/participation paper/trust pre-ferred
36 Non-compliant transitioned features N/A
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features N/A
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS DISCLOSURE REPORT 123
ABCP Asset Backed Commercial Paper
ABF Asset Backed Funding
ABS Asset Backed Securities
AöR Anstalt öffentlichen Rechts
Avg. Average
ASU Ancillary services undertaking in accordance with Article 4 (18) CRR
BaFin Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (Federal Financial Supervisory Authority)
Basel II / Basel III Baseler Framework Agreement
CCB Contercyclical Capital Buffer
CCF Credit Conversion Factor
CDS Credit Default Swaps
CI Credit institution in accordance with Article 4 (1) CRR
CoRep Common solvency ratio reporting
CRD Directive 2013/36/EU of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms (Capital Requirements Directive)
CRR Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credits institutions and investment firms as amended on 30 November 2013 (Capital Requirements Regulation)
CRSA Credit Risk Standardised Approach
CVA Credit Valuation Adjustments
DA Direct write-downs
DSGV Deutscher Sparkassen- und Giroverband (German Association of Savings Banks and Giro Banks)
EaD Exposure at Default (gross loan volume at the date of default)
EBA European Banking Authority (Europäische Bankenaufsichtsbehörde)
ECA Export Credit Agency
ECAI External Credit Assessment Institutions
EL Expected Loss
EMIR European Market Infrastructure Regulation
EU-Commission European Commision
ECB European Central Bank
FCR Foreign Currency Rating
FI Financial institution in accordance with Article 4 (26) CRR
Fitch Fitch Ratings
FV Total receivables
GuV Income statement
HGB Handelsgesetzbuch (German Commercial Code)
IAS International Accounting Standards
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standard
InstitutsVergV Institutsvergütungsverordnung (German Ordinance on the Remuneration of Financial Institutions) as amended on 16 December 2013
IRB Internal Rating Based
IRBA Internal Rating Based Approach
ISDA International Swaps and Derivatives Association
KWG Gesetz über das Kreditwesen/Kreditwesengesetz (German Banking Act) as amended on 23 December 2016
10. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
124 HSH NORDBANK 2016
LBO Leveraged Buyout
LCH London Clearing House
LCR Local Currency Rating
LeDIS Legal Database Information System
LGD Loss Given Default
LLC Limited Liability Company
Ltd. Limited
M Maturity
MaRisk Mindestanforderungen an das Risikomanagement (Minimum Requirements for Risk Management)
Moody’s Moody’s Investors Service
OpRisk Operational Risk
OTC Over the counter
PD Probability of Default
PoWB Portfolio valuation allowances
PQC Process quality controlling
RechKredV Kreditinstituts-Rechnungslegungsverordnung
RSU RSU Rating Service Unit GmbH & Co. KG
RW Risk Weight
SFA Supervisory Formula Approach
SME Small and medium-sized enterprises
SolvV Solvabilitätsverordnung (German Solvency Regulation)
S & P Standard & Poor’s
SPV Special Purpose Vehicle
SR S Rating und Risikosysteme GmbH
TWR Bearer of economic risk
VaR Value-at-Risk IU Insurance undertaking in accordance with Article 4 (5) CRR
HSH NORD AN AG
HAMBURG: Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095 Hamburg, Germany
Phone +49 40 3333-0, Fax +49 40 3333-34001
KIEL: Martensdamm 6, 24103 Kiel, Germany
Phone +49 431 900-01, Fax +49 431 900-34002
HSH-NORDBANK.COM